vf eng foreword.qxp

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you mayfind material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD).The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models areopposite of those written in this manual.

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the perform-ance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited war-ranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations establishedby the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2011 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-5 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized Hyundai Dealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2

Fuel requirements / 1-2

Vehicle break-in process / 1-5

Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. Use theindex when looking for a specific area orsubject; it has an alphabetical listing of allinformation in your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGS, CAU-TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.These were prepared to enhance yourpersonal safety.You should carefully readand follow ALL procedures and recom-mendations provided in these WARN-INGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

Gasoline engineUnleadedFor Europe

For the optimal vehicle performance, werecommend you to use unleaded gaso-line which complies with EN 228 and hasan octane rating of RON (ResearchOctane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti KnockIndex) 91 or higher.You may use unlead-ed gasoline with an octane rating of RON91-94 / AKI 87-90 but it may result inslight performance reduction of the vehi-cle.

Except Europe

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having an Octane Ratingof RON (Research Octane Number) 91 /AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

1 3

Introduction

Leaded (if equipped)For some countries, your vehicle isdesigned to use leaded gasoline. Whenyou are going to use leaded gasoline,ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealerwhether leaded gasoline in your vehicleis available or not.Octane Rating of leaded gasoline issame with unleaded one.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

CAUTIONNEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

Introduction

41

Use of MTBEHYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you usegood quality gasolines meet Europe Fuelstandards (EN228) or equivalents.For customers who do not use goodquality gasolines including fuel additivesregularly, and have problems starting orthe engine does not run smoothly, onebottle of additives added to the fuel tankat every 15,000km (for Europe)/ 5,000km(except Europe). Additives are availablefrom your authorized HYUNDAI dealeralong with information on how to usethem. Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

Diesel engineDiesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated only oncommercially available diesel fuel thatcomplies with EN 590 or comparablestandard. (EN stands for "EuropeanNorm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel,heating oils, or non-approved fuel addi-tives, as this will increase wear andcause damage to the engine and fuelsystem. The use of non-approved fuelsand / or fuel additives will result in a limi-tation of your warranty rights.Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used inyour vehicle. If two types of diesel fuelare available, use summer or winter fuelproperly according to the following tem-perature conditions.• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type

diesel fuel.• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type diesel

fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank very care-fully : If the engine stops through fuel fail-ure, the circuits must be completelypurged to permit restarting.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

1 5

Introduction

Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blends ofno more than 7% biodiesel, commonlyknown as "B7 Diesel" may be used inyour vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214or equivalent specifications. (EN standsfor "European Norm"). The use of biofu-els exceeding 7% made from rapeseedmethyl ester (RME), fatty acid methylester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester(VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding7% with biodiesel will cause increasedwear or damage to the engine and fuelsystem. Repair or replacement of worn ordamaged components due to the use ofnon approved fuels will not be covered bythe manufactures warranty.

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles) of operation.

CAUTIONDo not let any gasoline or waterenter the tank. This would make itnecessary to drain it out and tobleed the lines to avoid jamming theinjection pump and damaging theengine.

CAUTION - Diesel Fuel(if equipped with DPF)

It is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel fordiesel vehicle equipped with theDPF system.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur) andunspecified additives, it can causethe DPF system to be damaged andwhite smoke can be emitted.

CAUTION• Never use any fuel, whether

diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,that fails to meet the latest petro-leum industry specification.

• Never use any fuel additives ortreatments that are not recom-mended or approved by the vehi-cle manufacturer.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Light on indicator

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Air bag warning light

Low fuel level warning light

Electronic stability program(ESP) indicator

Electronic stability program(ESP) OFF indicatorImmobilizer indicator

Low beam indicator*

Tailgate open warning light

Door ajar warning light

Electronic power steering (EPS)system warning light

Adaptive Front Lighting System(AFLS) malfunction indicator*AFLS

Front fog light indicator*

Rear fog light indicator*

Low windshield washer fluidlevel warning light

Icy road warning light*

Shift pattern indicator

Manual transaxle shift indicator

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

AUTO HOLD indicator*AUTOHOLD

Electric parking brake (EPB)malfunction indicatorEPB

Sport drive mode indicator*SPORT

Auto stop for ISG system indicator*

Cruise control indicator*

Cruise SET indicator*

Speed limit indicator*

Lane Keeping Assistant System(LAKS) indicator*

Engine oil pressure warninglight

Engine oil level warning light*

Low tire pressure telltale*/TPMS malfunction indicator*

1 7

Introduction

* : if equipped❈ For more detailed explanations, refer to section 4, “Instrument cluster”.

Overspeed warning light*120km/h

Charging system warning light

Glow indicator (Diesel only)

Fuel filter warning light (Diesel only)

Engine coolant temperaturewarning light

Malfunction indicator

2Instrument panel overview / 2-2Interior overview / 2-6Engine compartment / 2-8



22

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

■ Left-Hand drive type

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OVF021002

2 3


1. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat* ..................................3-10/3-11

2. Front passenger's seat belt warning light* ..................................3-19

3. Passenger's front air bag ON/OFF indicator*............................3-44

4. Driver's front air bag ..............................................................3-48

5. Driver's knee air bag* ............................................................3-48

6. Passenger's front air bag* ......................................................3-48

7. Central door lock/unlock switch ..............................................4-16

8. Power tailgate open button* ..................................................4-21

9. Horn........................................................................................4-43

10. Instrument cluster ................................................................4-48

11. LCD display button ..............................................................4-53

12. Trip button ............................................................................4-53

13. Parking assist system button* ..............................................4-79

14. Smart parking assist system button*....................................4-88

15. Hazard warning flasher ........................................................4-95

16. Climate control system ............................................4-112/4-121

17. Center console storage ......................................................4-136

18. Glove box ..........................................................................4-136

19. Cup holder/Ashtray* ................................................4-141/4-140

20. Power outlet/Cigarette lighter*..................................4-142/4-140

21. Steering wheel audio controls* ..........................................4-154

22. AUX, USB and ipod............................................................4-143

23. Audio/AVN system ......................4-158, 4-181/Separate Manual

24. Bluetooth phone controls* ........................................4-175,4-196

25. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop button ......................5-4/5-8

26. Electric parking brake(EPB) switch ......................................5-31

27. Auto hold control button* ......................................................5-36

28. Electronic stability program (ESP) button ................................5-41

29. Cruise control switch* / Speed limiter switch* ..............5-48/5-53

30. Sport drive mode button* ....................................................5-26

* : if equipped


42

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OVF021002R

■ Right-Hand drive type

2 5


1. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat* ..................................3-10/3-11

2. Front passenger's seat belt warning light* ..................................3-19

3. Passenger's front air bag ON/OFF indicator*............................3-44

4. Driver's front air bag ..............................................................3-48

5. Driver's knee air bag* ............................................................3-48

6. Passenger's front air bag* ......................................................3-48

7. Central door lock/unlock switch ..............................................4-16

8. Power tailgate open button* ..................................................4-21

9. Horn........................................................................................4-43

10. Instrument cluster ................................................................4-48

11. LCD display button ..............................................................4-53

12. Trip button ............................................................................4-53

13. Parking assist system button* ..............................................4-79

14. Smart parking assist system button*....................................4-88

15. Hazard warning flasher ........................................................4-95

16. Climate control system ............................................4-112/4-121

17. Center console storage ......................................................4-136

18. Glove box ..........................................................................4-136

19. Cup holder/Ashtray* ................................................4-141/4-140

20. Power outlet/Cigarette lighter*..................................4-142/4-140

21. Steering wheel audio controls* ..........................................4-154

22. AUX, USB and ipod............................................................4-143

23. Audio/AVN system ......................4-158, 4-181/Separate Manual

24. Bluetooth phone controls* ........................................4-175,4-196

25. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop button ......................5-4/5-8

26. Electric parking brake(EPB) switch ......................................5-31

27. Auto hold control button* ......................................................5-36

28. Electronic stability program (ESP) button ................................5-41

29. Cruise control switch* / Speed limiter switch* ..............5-48/5-53

30. Sport drive mode button* ....................................................5-26

* : if equipped


62

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Seat..........................................................3-2

2. Inside door handle ................................4-16

3. Power window switch ............................4-26

4. Power window lock switch......................4-29

5. Hood release lever ................................4-30

6. Driver position memory seat* ................4-39

7. Steering wheel ......................................4-41

8. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever ..4-42

9. Heated steering wheel*..........................4-42

10. Outside rearview mirror control............4-46

11. Outside rearview mirror folding* ..........4-47

12. Light switch ..........................................4-97

13. Wiper/Washer ....................................4-104

14. Headlight leveling device* ..................4-102

15. Instrument panel illumination control system..................................................4-49

16. Idle Stop and Go (ISG) OFF button* ..5-14

17. Manual transaxle shift lever/Automatic transaxle shift lever ....5-19/5-22

18. Fuse box ..............................................7-72

* : if equipped

OVF021001

■ Left-Hand drive type

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

2 7


1. Seat..........................................................3-2

2. Inside door handle ................................4-16

3. Power window switch ............................4-26

4. Power window lock switch......................4-29

5. Bonnet release lever ..............................4-30

6. Driver position memory seat* ................4-39

7. Steering wheel ......................................4-41

8. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever ..4-42

9. Heated steering wheel*..........................4-42

10. Outside rearview mirror control............4-46

11. Outside rearview mirror folding* ..........4-47

12. Light switch ..........................................4-97

13. Wiper/Washer ....................................4-104

14. Headlight leveling device* ..................4-102

15. Instrument panel illumination control system..................................................4-49

16. Idle Stop and Go (ISG) OFF button* ..5-14

17. Manual transaxle shift lever/Automatic transaxle shift lever ....5-19/5-22

18. Fuse box ..............................................7-72

* : if equipped

OVF021001R-1❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

■ Right-Hand drive type


82

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OVF071002/OVF071002R

1. Engine oil dipstick............................7-44

2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-44

3. Engine coolant reservoir..................7-46

4. Radiator cap ....................................7-47

5. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir.............7-48

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-49

7. Air cleaner .......................................7-51

8. Positive battery terminal ..................7-58

9. Negative battery terminal ................7-58

10. Fuse box........................................7-73

* : if equipped

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.

■■ Gasoline (1.6L)

• Right-Hand drive type

• Left-Hand drive type

2 9


OVF071001/OVF071001R




4. Radiator cap ....................................7-47



7. Air cleaner .......................................7-51


9. Negative battery terminal ................7-58

10. Fuse box........................................7-73

* : if equipped


■■ Gasoline (2.0L)



2 10


OVF071003/OVF071003R




4. Radiator cap ....................................7-47



7. Fuel filter ..........................................7-50

8. Air cleaner ........................................7-51


10. Negative battery terminal ..............7-58

11. Fuse box ........................................7-73

* : if equipped


■■ Diesel Engine (1.7L)



3

Seat / 3-2Seat belts / 3-18Child restraint system / 3-29Airbag-supplemental restraint system / 3-40



23

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height*(4) Lumbar support(5) Seat warmer*/

Seat warmer with air ventilation*(6) Headrest

Rear seat(7) Seatback folding(8) Headrest(9) Armrest(10) Seat warmer*

* : if equipped

SEAT

OVF031001

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that your chest is at least250 mm (10 inches) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat pas-senger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined during anaccident, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion of theseat belt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the frontpassenger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

WARNINGDo not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between the seatand passenger. The passenger'ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during an acci-dent or a sudden stop. Serious orfatal internal injuries could resultbecause the seat belt can't operatenormally.


43

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and backwards.

WARNING - Rear seatbacks• The rear seatback must be

securely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

WARNING• Use extreme caution so that

hands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.

• Do not put a cigarette lighter onthe floor or seat. When you oper-ate the seat, gas may gush out ofthe lighter and cause fire.

3 5


Front seat Manual adjustment Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

Seat cushion height (if equipped)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

OVF031002 OVF031003 OVF031004


63

Automatic adjustment (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control switches located on the out-side of the seat cushion. Before driving,adjust the seat to the proper position soas to easily control the steering wheel,pedals and switches on the instrumentpanel.

Forward and backward1. Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the seat to thedesired position.

2. Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

WARNINGThe power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the car.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control switches at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

OVF031005

3 7


Seatback angle1. Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the seatback to thedesired angle.


Seat cushion height (if equipped)1. Pull the front portion of the control

switch up to raise or down to lower thefront part of the seat cushion. Pull therear portion of the control switch up toraise or down to lower the rear part ofthe seat cushion.


Lumbar support (if equipped)The lumbar support can be adjusted bypressing the lumbar support switch onthe side of the seat.1. Press the front portion of the switch to

increase support, or the rear portion ofthe switch, to decrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reaches thedesired position.

OVF031006 OVF031007 OVF031008


83

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps protect the head and neck inthe event of a collision.

Forward and backward adjustmentThe headrest may be adjusted forward to4 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

OPA039052

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver's seat while thevehicle is in motion.

OVF031009

3 9


Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal and installationTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Active headrest The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps prevent the driver's and frontpassenger’s heads from moving back-ward and thus helps minimize neckinjuries.

OVF031010 OVF031012

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

HNF2041-1

WARNINGA gap between the seat and theheadrest release button mayappear when seating on the seat orwhen you push or pull the seat. Becareful not to get your finger, etc.caught in the gap.


103

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.

During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.• Each time you press the switch, the

temperature setting of the seat willchange as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OVF031013

OVF031014

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTION - Seat damage• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such aspaint thinner, benzene, alcoholand gasoline. Doing so may dam-age the surface of the heater orseats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers on the seats whilethe seat warmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components couldoccur.

3 11


Air ventilation seat (if equipped)The air ventilation is provided to cool thefront seats during hot weather by blowingair through small vent holes on the sur-face of the seats and seatbacks. Whilethe engine is running, push the rear por-tion of the switch to cool the driver's seator the front passenger's seat.When the operation of the air ventilationis not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.• Each time you press the switch, the air-

flow will change as follows:

• When the air ventilation seat is turnedon, the seat may get cooler after about5 minutes.

• The air ventilation seat defaults to theOFF position whenever the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position.

OVF031015

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The occupantsmust be able to feel if the seat isbecoming too warm and to turn theseat warmer off. The seat warmermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time.In particular, the driver must exer-cise extreme care for the followingtypes of passengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)


123

Seatback pocket The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

Rear seat Seatback angle To recline the seatback:1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback

of the seat to the position you desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

HeadrestThe rear seat is equipped with headrestsin all the seating positions for the occu-pant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protect thehead and neck in the event of a collision.

OVF031016

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OPA039053OVF031068

3 13


Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal and installationTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

OVF031017

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed. Severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

OVF031018

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.


143

ArmrestTo use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm therear seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm rear seats.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.• Each time you press the button, the

temperature setting of the seat willchange as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OVF031020

OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )

→

OVF031019

CAUTION - Seat damage• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such aspaint thinner, benzene, alcoholand gasoline. Doing so may dam-age the surface of the heater orseats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers on the seats whilethe seat warmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components couldoccur.

3 15


Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded to facil-itate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Make sure the rear seat belt webbing

is in the guide to prevent the seat beltfrom being damaged.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers sit on topof the folded down seatback whilethe vehicle is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use. Thiscould result in serious injury ordeath in case of an accident or sud-den stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. This could allowcargo to slide forward and causeinjury or damage during suddenstops.

OVF031023

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The occupantsmust be able to feel if the seat isbecoming too warm and to turn theseat warmer off. The seat warmermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time.In particular, the driver must exer-cise extreme care for the followingtypes of passengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)


163

2. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in thepocket between the rear seatback andcushion.

3. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

4.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

5.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle.

6. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward. Pull the seatbackfirmly until it clicks into place. Makesure the seatback is locked in place.

7. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OVF031022OVF031031

OVF031021

OVF031067

■ Front

■ Rear (if equipped)

3 17


WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Special care of objects should betaken when placing them in the rearseats, since those may hit the frontseat occupants in a frontal colli-sion.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position. Routing theseat belt webbing through the rearseat belt guides will help keep thebelts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback orput luggage on the rear seat cush-ion, insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback or luggage.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)or the manual transaxle is in R(Reverse) or 1st, and the parkingbrake is securely applied wheneverloading or unloading cargo. Failureto take these steps may allow thevehicle to move if the shift lever isinadvertently moved to anotherposition.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly. If the seatbackis returned without holding it, theback of the seat could spring for-ward resulting in injury caused bybeing struck by the seatback.


183

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and youngermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat. Neverallow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If a child over 12must be seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid.Cleaning may safely be carried outusing mild soap and water. The beltshould be replaced if webbingbecomes frayed, contaminated ordamaged. It is essential to replacethe entire assembly after it hasbeen worn in a severe impact evenif damage to the assembly is notobvious. Belts should not be wornwith straps twisted. Each beltassembly must only be used by oneoccupant; it is dangerous to put abelt around a child being carried onthe occupant's lap.

3 19


Seat belt warning■■ Type AAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is ON, the seat beltwarning light blinks again for approxi-mately 6 seconds.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is unfastened after the ignition switchis ON, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 6 seconds. Atthis time, if the seat belt is fastened, thechime will stop at once. (if equipped)

■■ Type B(1) Driver’s seat belt warning light(2) Front passenger’s seat belt warning

light

1GQA2083

WARNING• No modifications or additions

should be made by the userwhich will either prevent the seatbelt adjusting devices from oper-ating to remove slack, or preventthe seat belt assembly from beingadjusted to remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt, becareful not to latch the seat belt inbuckles of other seat. It's very dan-gerous and you may not be pro-tected by the seat belt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat belt anddo not fasten and unfasten theseat belt repeatedly while driving.This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident causingdeath, serious injury, or propertydamage.

• When fastening the seat belt,make sure that the seat belt doesnot pass over objects that arehard or can break easily.

• Make sure there is nothing in thebuckle. The seat belt may not befastened securely.

OVF031025

■ Type A

■ Type BOVF031024


203

As a reminder to the driver and passenger,the seatbelt warning light will blink or illu-minate and warning chime will sound asfollows:

• The seat belt warning light will illumi-nate for approximately 6 seconds eachtime you turn the ignition switch ONregardless of belt fastening.

• The seat belt warning light will illumi-nate if the belt is unfastened after theignition switch is ON.

• The seat belt warning light will illumi-nate if the belt is unfastened when theignition switch is ON.

• If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph),the illuminated warning light will startto blink or illuminate until you driveunder 6 km/h (3 mph).

• If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 20 km/h (12mph), the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 secondsand the corresponding warning lightwill blink.

✽✽ NOTICE• You can find the front passenger’s

seat belt warning light on the centerfascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink or illuminate for 6 sec-onds.

• The front passenger's seat belt warn-ing may operate when luggage isplaced on the front passenger seat.

Lap/shoulder beltHeight adjustmentYou can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck.Youwill not be getting the most effective pro-tection. The shoulder portion should beadjusted so that it lies across your chestand midway over your shoulder near thedoor and not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

OLM039026

■ Front seat

3 21


To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

To fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

B180A01NF

1

2

OVF031028

■ Rear center seatCAUTION

When using the rear center seatbelt, the buckle with the “CENTER”mark must be used.

12


223

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (A) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

B210A01NF

B200A01NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm near the door.

WARNING

Always have the plate (1) and thebuckle (A) locked together. Makesure the belt is not twisted.

OVF031029

■ Rear center seatOVF031066

■ Rear center seat

A

A

3 23


Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts may be activated in crashes wherethe frontal collision is severe enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

WARNINGFor your safety, be sure that thebelt webbing is not loose or twistedand always sit properly on yourseat.

OED030300 8KMB3311


243

✽✽ NOTICE• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are

activated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

• Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrument panelwill illuminate for approximately 6seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to ON, or if it remains illu-minated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt or SRSair bag system as soon as possible.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

(Continued)

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

3 25


Seat belt precautions Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seat contained in this manual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

(Continued)• The pre-tensioner seat belt

assembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

• Improper handling of the pre-ten-sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies may lead toimproper operation or inadvertentactivation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seatbelt must be discarded, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.


263

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets SafetyStandards of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check if the beltfits periodically. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Children areafforded the most safety in the event ofan accident when they are restrained bya proper restraint system in the rear seat.If a larger child (over age 12) must beseated in the front seat, the child shouldbe securely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

3 27


Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in anupright position when the car is moving.A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.


283

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Any damaged partsshould be replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury. If the webbing orbuckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.

3 29


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must be prop-erly placed and installed in the rear seat.You must use a commercially availablechild restraint system that meets therequirements of the Safety Standards ofyour country. Child restraint systems aredesigned to be secured in vehicle seatsby the lap belt portion of a lap/shoulderbelt, or by a tether anchor and/or ISOFIXanchors.Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in case of a sudden stopor an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint maker.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)


303

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions. For safety rea-sons, we recommend that the childrestraint system be used in the rearseats.

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always prop-erly position and secure childrenin the rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

• After an accident, have an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer check thechild restraint system, seat belt,tether anchor and lower anchor.

• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint systemin the rear right seat.

CRS09

OVF031032

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system

3 31


Installing a child restraint system bylap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the vehicle and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

E2MS103005

WARNINGWhen using the rear center seatbelt, you should also refer to “3point rear center seat belt” in thischapter.


323

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seatbelt to take up any slack. After installa-tion of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure thechild restraint system is securelyinstalled.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull morewebbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it toretract, the retractor will automaticallyrevert back to its normal seated passen-ger emergency locking usage condition.

OEN036101 OEN036104

3 33


U : Suitable for "universal" categoryrestraints approved for use in thismass group

Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the floor behind the rear seats.

Child Seat Restraint Suitability for Seat Position using the Seat Belt- For EuropeUse child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for yourchildren. When using the child safety seats, refer to the following table.

Age GroupSeating Position

Front passenger Rear outboard Rear center

0 : Up to 10 kg (0 - 9 months)

U U X

0+ : Up to 13 kg (0 - 2 years)

U U X

I : 9 kg to 18 kg (9 months - 4 years)

U U X

II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg (4 - 12 years)

U U X

OVF031037

WARNINGWe recommend that a childrestraint seat be installed in therear seat, even if the front passen-ger's air bag ON/OFF switch is setto the OFF position. To ensure thesafety of your child, the front pas-senger’s air bag must be deactivat-ed when it should be necessary toinstall a child restraint seat on thefront passenger seat in exceptionalcircumstances.


343

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

OVF031034WARNING - Tether strap

Never mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

3 35


Securing a child restraint systemwith “ISOFIX” system and “TetherAnchorage” system (if equipped)ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit-ting child seats that eliminates the needto use the standard adult seat belt tosecure the seat in the vehicle. Thisenables a much more secure and posi-tive location with the added benefit ofeasier and quicker installation.An ISOFIX-seat may only be installed if ithas vehicle-specific or universal approval in accordance with the requirements ofECE-R 44.

❈ ISOFIX: International Standards Origanisation FIX

There are ISOFIX symbols located onthe lower portion of each side of the rearseatbacks. These symbols indicate theposition of the lower anchors for childrestraints so equipped.

Both rear outboard seats are equippedwith a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as wellas a corresponding top tether anchorageon the floor behind the rear seats. TheISOFIX anchorages are located betweenseat cushion and backrest, marked withthe ISOFIX icon.For installation, CRS ISOFIX connectershave to engage with the vehicles ISOFIXanchorages (listen for a CLICK, checkpotential visual indicators on the CRSand cross-check by pulling).CRS with universal approval to ECE-R44 need to be fixed additionally with a toptether strap connected to the correspon-ding top tether anchorage point on thefloor behind the rear seats.

OLM039035 OVF031035

ISOFIX Anchor

ISOFIX AnchorPosition Indicator

OVF031036


363

The installing and the use of a child-seathas to be done according to theinstalling-manual, which is added to theISOFIX-seat.

To secure the child restraint seat1. To engage the child restraint seat to

the ISOFIX anchor, insert the childrestraint seat latch into the ISOFIXanchor. Listen for the audible “click”sound.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to thechild restraint hook holder and tightento secure the seat. (Refer to the previ-ous page.)

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIXanchor during installation.

WARNING• When using the vehicle's

"ISOFIX" system to install a childrestraint system in the rear seat,all unused vehicle rear seat beltmetal latch plates or tabs must belatched securely in their seat beltbuckles and the seat belt web-bing must be retracted behindthe child restraint to prevent thechild from reaching and takinghold of unretracted seat belts.Unlatched metal latch plates ortabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to thechild in the child restraint.

• Do not place anything around theISOFIX anchors. Also make surethat the seat belt is not caught inthe ISOFIX anchors.

3 37


(Continued)• Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-com-

patible child restraint seat only tothe appropriate locations shownin the illustration.

• Always follow the installation anduse instructions provided by themanufacturer of the child restraint.

WARNING• Do not install a child restraint

seat at the center of the rear seatusing the vehicle's ISOFIXanchors. The ISOFIX anchors areonly provided for the left andright outboard rear seating posi-tions. Do not misuse the ISOFIXanchors by attempting to attach achild restraint seat in the middleof the rear seat to the ISOFIXanchors.In a crash, the child restraint seatISOFIX attachments may not bestrong enough to secure the childrestraint seat properly in the cen-ter of the rear seat and maybreak, causing serious injury ordeath.

• Do not mount more than onechild restraint to a child restraintlower anchorage point. Theimproper increased load maycause the anchorage points ortether anchor to break, causingserious injury or death.

(Continued)


383

Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions - For Europe

F ISO/L1 - X X -

G ISO/L2 - X X -

E ISO/R1 - IL IL -

E ISO/R1 - IL IL -

D ISO/R2 - IL IL -

C ISO/R3 - IL IL -

D ISO/R2 - IL IL -

C ISO/R3 - IL IL -

B ISO/F2 - IUF IUF -

B1 ISO/F2X - IUF IUF -

A ISO/F3 - IUF IUF -

Rear Outboard(Passenger side)

Rear Outboard(Driver side)

Front PassengerFixtureSize ClassMass Group

Carrycot

0 : UP to 10kg

0+ : UP to 13kg

I : 9 to 18kg

Rear Center

Vehicle ISOFIX positions

IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universalcategory approved for use in the mass group.

IL = Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems (CRS)approved for this vehicle type according to ECE44. These ISOFIXCRS are those of the "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-uni-versal" categories.

X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system inthis mass group and/or this size class.

* Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at the foremostposition of the passenger seat.

* ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures

A - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 720mm)B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height

650mm)B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back Surface Shape

Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm)C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRSD - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRSE - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing CRSF - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)

3 39


Recommended child restraint systems – For Europe

CRS Manufacturer informationFAIR http://www.fairbimbofix.comBritax Römer http://www.britax.com

Mass Group Name Manufacturer Type of FixationECE-R44

Approval No.

Group 0-1

(0-18kg)

BIMBO G0/1 S FAIRRearward facing with vehicle

specific ISOFIX platform type “G”E4 03443416 (Seat)

E4 04443718 (Platform)

Baby Safe Plus II Britax Römer Rearward facing with ISOFIX adapter E1 04301146

Group 1

(9-18kg)Duo Plus Britax Römer

Forward facing with vehicle

ISOFIX lower anchorage + Top TetherE1 04301133


403

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag*(3) Side impact air bag*(4) Curtain air bag*(5) Driver’s knee air bag*(6) Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch** : if equipped

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF031069/OYN039026

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

3 41


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side impact air bag orcurtain air bag) in order to help protectthe occupants from serious physicalinjury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. The determining, factors arenot limited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of extremelyshort time in which a collision occursand the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possible(at least 250 mm (10 inches)away).The front passenger shouldalways move their seat as farback as possible and sit back intheir seat.

• Air bag inflates instantly in anevent of a collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not ina proper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.


423

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc.). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbidden whenthe air bag is activeNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.If your vehicle is equipped with the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch,you can activate or deactivate the frontpassenger’s air bag when necessary.For more details, please refer to 3-44page.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage areasinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

3 43


Air bag warning and indicatorAir bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the warning light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

W7-147


443

Passenger’s front air bag ON indicator (if equipped)

The passenger's front air bag ON indica-tor illuminates for approximately 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.The passenger's front air bag ON indica-tor also comes on when the passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF switch is set to theON position and goes off after approxi-mately 60 seconds.

Passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator (if equipped)

The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator illuminates for about 4 secondsafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position.The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator also comes on when the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is setto the OFF position and goes off whenthe passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch is set to the ON position.

CAUTIONIf the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch malfunctions, thepassenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator will not illuminate (The pas-senger's front air bag ON indicatorcomes on and goes off afterapproximately 60 seconds) and thepassenger’s front air bag will inflatein a frontal impact even if the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch is set to the OFF position.If this occurs, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch and the SRS air bag systemas soon as possible.

OVF031039

■ Type A

■ Type BOVF031038

OVF031041

■ Type A

■ Type BOVF031040

3 45


SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module*3. Side air bag modules*4. Curtain air bag modules*5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors*9. Side impact sensors*10. Driver’s knee air bag module*11. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

indicator*

12. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch*

* : if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors all ele-ments while the ignition switch is ON todetermine if a frontal, near-frontal impactor side impact is severe enough to requireair bag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.

WARNINGIf any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

OVF031042


463

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheel,in the front passenger's panel above theglove box and/or in the driver’s side kneebolster. When the SRSCM detects a suf-ficiently severe impact to the front of thevehicle, it will automatically deploy thefront air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

OHM039103N OHM039104N

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

OHM039102N

Driver’s front air bag (1)

3 47


WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only when

the ignition key is in the ON posi-tion. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on after illumi-nating for about 6 seconds whenthe ignition key is turned to theON position, or after the engine isstarted, comes on while driving,the SRS is not working properly.If this occurs, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warn-ing light to illuminate.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.


483

Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions.

The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and/or on the cover of the driver’sside knee bolster located below thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel, in the knee bolster belowthe steering wheel column and the pas-senger's side front panel above the glovebox. The purpose of the SRS is to provide the

vehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity.

OVF031050

■ Passenger’s front air bag

OVF031049

OVF031051

■ Driver’s front air bag

■ Driver’s knee air bag

3 49


(Continued)• Do not tamper with or disconnect

SRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

• Air bags can only be used once –have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate withconsiderable force and in the blinkof an eye. Seat belts help keepoccupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from theair bag. Even with air bags, improp-erly and unbelted occupants can beseverely injured when the air baginflates. Always follow the precau-tions about seat belts, air bags andoccupant safety contained in thismanual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side impact air bagscan injure occupants improperlypositioned in the front seats.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

(Continued)


503

Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped)The passenger’s front air bag can bedeactivated by the passenger’s front airbag ON/OFF switch if a child restraint isinstalled on the front passenger's seat orif the front passenger's seat is unoccu-pied by a person.To ensure the safety of your child, thepassenger’s front air bag must be deacti-vated when it should be necessary toinstall a rearward facing child seat on thefront passenger seat in exceptional cir-cumstances.

OVF031044

(Continued)• For maximum safety protection in

all types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

• Sitting improperly or out of posi-tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Front air bags are not intended to

deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

• A child restraint system mustnever be placed in the front seat.The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

(Continued)

3 51


To deactivate or reactivate the passen-ger’s front air bag:To deactivate the passenger’s front airbag, insert the master key into the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the OFF position.

The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator ( ) will illuminate and stay on untilthe passenger’s front air bag is reactivat-ed.To reactivate the passenger’s front airbag, insert the master key into the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the ON position. The pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indicator willgo out and the passenger’s front air bagON indicator ( ) will illuminate forapproximately 60 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICE• When the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch is set to the ON position,the passenger’s front air bag is activatedand child or infant seat should not beinstalled on the front passenger seat.

• When the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch is set to the OFF posi-tion, the passenger’s front air bag isdeactivated.

CAUTION• If the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch is not workingproperly, the air bag warning light( )on the instrument panel willilluminate.And, the passenger's front air bagOFF indicator ( ) will not illumi-nate (The passenger's front airbag ON indicator comes on andgoes off after approximately 60seconds), the SRS ControlModule reactivates the passen-ger’s front air bag and the pas-senger’s front air bag will inflatein frontal impact crashes even ifthe passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch is set to the OFFposition.

(Continued)

WARNINGOn some models, the front air bagON/OFF switch could turn by usinga similar small rigid device. Alwayscheck the status of the front air bagON/OFF switch and passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF indicator.

OVF031046

■ Type A

■ Type BOVF031045


523

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF switch, donot install a child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger's seat.A child restraint system mustnever be placed in the front seat.Children who are too large forchild restraint systems shouldalways occupy the rear seat anduse the available lap/shoulderbelts. Children are afforded themost safety in the event of anaccident when they arerestrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat.

• As soon as the child seat is nolonger needed on the front pas-senger's seat, reactivate the frontpassenger's air bag.

WARNING• The driver is responsible for the

proper position of the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch.

• Deactivate the passenger's frontair bag only when the ignitionswitch is switched off, or the mal-function may occur in the SRSControl Module.And there may be a danger thatthe driver's and/or front passen-ger’s and/or side and curtain airbag may fail to trigger, or not trig-ger correctly during a collision.

• Never install a rearward facingchild seat on the front passen-ger's seat unless the passenger'sfront air bag has been deactivat-ed. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

(Continued)

(Continued)If this occurs, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch, the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem and the SRS air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightblinks or does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, or if it illumi-nates while the vehicle is beingdriven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch, pre-tensioner seat beltand the SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

3 53


Side impact air bag (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front and outboardrear seat. The purpose of the air bag is toprovide the vehicle's driver and/or thefront passenger with additional protec-tion than that offered by the seat beltalone.The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside air bags are not designed to deployin all side impact situations.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicleis in motion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impact condi-tions severe enough to causesignificant injury to the vehicleoccupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00and 3:00 positions. The passen-ger's arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

(Continued)

WARNINGDo not allow the passengers to leantheir heads or bodies onto doors,put their arms on the doors, stretchtheir arms out of the window, orplace objects between the doorsand passengers when they areseated on seats equipped with sideand/or curtain air bags.

■ Front

■ Rear

OVF031071

OVF031047

OVF031048


543

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impact colli-sions, depending on the crash severity,angle, speed and point of impact. Thecurtain air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact situations, colli-sions from the front or rear of the vehicleor in most rollover situations.

OVF031070

OVF031072

(Continued)• Use of seat covers could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

• Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side impactair bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental sideimpact air bag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition key ison.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Inform that yourvehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags.

3 55


(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

WARNING• In order for side impact and cur-

tain air bags to provide the bestprotection, both front seat occu-pants and both outboard rearoccupants should sit in anupright position with the seatbelts properly fastened.Importantly, children should sit ina proper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system.Make sure to put the childrestraint system as far away fromthe door side as possible, andsecure the child restraint systemin a locked position.

(Continued)


563

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

* : if equipped

(3) Side impact sensor (front)*(4) Side impact sensor (rear)*

OVF031056/OVF031057/OVF031058/OVF032059/OVF031060

1 2 3 4

3 57


Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air bagor sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillar andC pillars where side collision sen-sors are installed. Have the vehi-cle checked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affectyour vehicles collision and airbag deployment performance.

OED036096


583

Side impact and curtain air bags (if equipped)Side impact and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideimpact and/or curtain air bags) aredesigned to inflate only in side impactcollisions, but they may inflate in othercollisions if the side impact sensorsdetect a sufficient impact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

OED036099

OVF031061

OVF031073

3 59


• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.

• However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OED036102OVF031061OED036100


603

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, side and/or curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle is rolledover by a side impact collision, if thevehicle is equipped with side impact airbags and curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

OED036103 OED036104 OVF031063

3 61


SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er. Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.


623

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside impact air bag covers could inter-fere with the proper operation of the airbags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

3 63


Air bag warning label (if equipped)Air bag warning labels are attached toalert driver and passengers of potentialrisk of air bag system.

Note that these government warningsfocus on the risk of children. We alsowant you to be aware of the risks whichadults are exposed to which have beendescribed in previous pages.

■ Type BOVF031064

■ Type A

OVF031065

4

Keys / 4-3Remote keyless entry / 4-5Smart key / 4-9Theft-alarm system / 4-12Door locks / 4-15Tailgate / 4-20Windows / 4-26Hood / 4-30

Fuel filler lid / 4-32Panorama Sunroof / 4-35Driver position memory system / 4-39Steering wheel / 4-41Mirrors / 4-44Instrument cluster / 4-48Parking assist system / 4-79Smart parking assist system / 4-83Rearview camera / 4-94Hazard warning flasher / 4-95Lighting / 4-96Wipers and washers / 4-104Interior light / 4-108Welcome system / 4-110Defroster / 4-111


Manual climate control system / 4-112Automatic climate control system / 4-121

Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-133Storage compartment / 4-136

Interior features / 4-140Exterior features / 4-151

Audio system / 4-153

Features of your vehicle4

4 3


Record your key numberThe key code number isstamped on the barcode tag attached to thekey set. Should youlose your keys, this

number will enable an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to duplicate the keyseasily. Remove the bar code tag andstore it in a safe place. Also, record thecode number and keep it in a safe andhandy place, but not in the vehicle.

Key operations• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors.• Used to lock and unlock the glove box.

Immobilizer systemYour vehicle may be equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the key and elec-tronic devices inside the vehicle.

Vehicles without smart key system With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid or not.If the key is valid, the engine will start.If the key is invalid, the engine will notstart.

To deactivate the immobilizer system:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition. Children copy adults andthey could place the key in the igni-tion. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.


44

Vehicles with smart key system Whenever the engine start/stop button ischanged to the ON position, the immobi-lizer system checks and verifies if the keyis valid or not.If the key is valid, the engine will start.If the key is invalid, the engine will notstart.

To deactivate the immobilizer systemChange the engine start/stop button tothe ON position.

To activate the immobilizer systemChange the engine start/stop button tothe OFF position. The immobilizer sys-tem activates automatically. Without avalid smart key for your vehicle, theengine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separately not to have any malfunc-tion after you receive your new vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of your vehi-cle, do not leave spare keys any-where in your vehicle. Your immobi-lizer password is a customer uniquepassword and should be kept confi-dential. Do not leave this numberanywhere in your vehicle.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.The engine may not start for themetal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal from normallytransmitting.

4 5


Remote keyless entry systemoperationsType A• To unfold the key, press the release

button then the key will unfold automat-ically.

• To fold the key, fold the key manuallywhile pressing the release button.

Type B• To remove the mechanical key, press

and hold the release button andremove the mechanical key.

• To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until aclick sound is heard.

Lock (1)1. Close all doors.2. Press the lock button.3. The hazard warning light will blink

once to indicate that all doors arelocked (the engine hood and tailgatemust be closed).

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF041215

■ Type BOVF041001

■ Type ACAUTION

Do not fold the key without press-ing the release button. This maydamage the key.

OVF041214

■ Type BOVF041003

■ Type A


64

✽✽ NOTICEThe doors will not lock if any door isopened.

Unlock (2)1. Press the unlock button.2. The hazard warning lights will blink

twice to indicate that all doors areunlocked.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter unlocking all doors, the doors willlock automatically unless a door isopened within 30 seconds.

Tailgate unlock (3) Non-powered tailgate. 1. Press the tailgate unlock button for

more than 1 second.2. The hazard warning light will blink

twice to indicate the tailgate isunlocked.

✽✽ NOTICE• After unlocking the tailgate, the tail-

gate will lock automatically unless it isopened within 30 seconds.

• Once the tailgate is opened and thenclosed, the tailgate will lock automati-cally.

• The word "HOLD" is written on thebutton to inform you that you mustpress and hold the button.

Power tailgate1. Press the tailgate unlock button for

more than 1 second.2. The hazard warning light will blink and

chime will sound twice to indicate thetailgate is unlocked and opened.

✽✽ NOTICE• Once the tailgate is opened and then

closed, the tailgate will lock automati-cally.

• The word "HOLD" is written on thebutton to inform you that you mustpress and hold the button.

Alarm (4)1. Press the alarm button for more than

0.5 second.2. The horn will sound and hazard warn-

ing light will sound for 30 seconds.

You can activate or deactivate the Alarmfunction in the vehicle. Refer to "User set-ting" in this section.

4 7


Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Battery replacementA battery should last for several years,but if the transmitter or smart key is notworking properly, try replacing the bat-tery with a new one. If you are unsurehow to use or replace the battery, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

■ Type BOVF041213

■ Type A

OHG040009


84

1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-tly pry open the cover.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illustra-tion.

3. Install the rear cover.

For transmitter or smart key replace-ment, see an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er for reprogramming.

CAUTION• The transmitter or smart key is

designed to give you years oftrouble-free use, however it canmalfunction if exposed to mois-ture or static electricity. If you areunsure how to use or replace thebattery, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter or smartkey to malfunction. Be sure to usethe correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter or smart key, don't drop it, getit wet, or expose it to heat or sun-light.

CAUTIONAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

4 9


Smart key function1.Door lock2.Door unlock3.Tailgate open4.AlarmWith a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door and tailgate and even start theengine without inserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry. Refer to the “Remote keylessentry” in this section.

Carrying the smart key, you may lock andunlock the vehicle doors and tailgate.

Also, you may start the engine. Refer tothe following, for more details.

Locking 1. Carry the smart key.2. Close all doors.3. Press the button of the outside door

handle.4. The hazard warning lights will blink

once (the engine hood and tailgatemust be closed).

5. Make sure that doors are locked bypulling the outside door handle.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) fromthe outside door handle.

• Even though you press the outsidedoor handle button, the doors will notlock and the chime will sound for 3seconds if any of following occur:- The smart key is in the vehicle.- The engine start/stop button is in

ACC or ON position.- Any door except the tailgate is

opened.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF041216 OVF041006


104

Unlocking1. Carry the smart key.2.Press the button of the front outside

door handle.3.All doors will unlock and the hazard

warning lights will blink twice.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) fromthe outside door handle.

• When the smart key is recognized inthe area of 0.7 m (28 in.) from thefront outside door handle, other peo-ple can also open the doors.

• After unlocking all doors, the doorswill lock automatically unless a door isopened.

Tailgate unlocking1.Carry the smart key.2.Press the tailgate handle switch.3.The tailgete will unlock.

✽✽ NOTICE• Once the tailgate is opened and then

closed, the tailgate will lock automati-cally.

• The button will only operate when thesmart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) fromthe tailgate handle.

Smart key precautions✽✽ NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to lose

your smart key, you will not be able tostart the engine. Tow the vehicle, ifnecessary, and contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer to pro-tect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any ofthe following occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellularphone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workproperly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4 11


Door lock/unlock in an emer-gency situationIf the smart key does not operate normal-ly, you can lock or unlock the doors byusing the mechanical key.1.Press and hold the release button (1)

and remove the mechanical key (2).2. Insert the key into the hole of the out-

side door handle. Turn the key towardthe rear of the vehicle to unlock andtoward the front of the vehicle to lock.

3. To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until aclick sound is heard.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

OVF041215


124

Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm sys-tem will have a label attached to the vehi-cle with the following words:1. WARNING2. SECURITY SYSTEM

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thevehicle. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

Armed stageUsing the smart keyPark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1. Turn off the engine.2. Make sure that all doors, the engine

hood and tailgate are closed andlatched.

3. • Lock the doors by pressing the buttonof the front outside door handle withthe smart key in your possession.After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will operateonce to indicate that the system isarmed.If the tailgate or engine hood remainsopened, the hazard warning lights willnot operate and theft-alarm will notarm. After this, if the tailgate andengine hood are closed, the hazardwarning lights will blink once.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage

OJC040170

4 13


• Lock the doors by pressing the lockbutton on the smart key.After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will operateonce to indicate that the system isarmed.If any door, tailgate or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warninglights won't operate and theft-alarmwill not arm. After this, if all doors, tail-gate and engine hood are closed, thehazard warning lights will blink once.

Using the transmitterPark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1.Turn off the engine and remove the

ignition key from the ignition switch.2.Make sure that all doors, the engine

hood and tailgate are closed andlatched.

3.Lock the doors by pressing the lockbutton on the transmitter.After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that the system isarmed.If any door, tailgate or engine hoodremains opened, the hazard warninglights will not operate and theft-alarmwill not arm. After this, if all doors, tail-gate and engine hood are closed, thehazard warning lights will blink once.

• Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passen-ger(s) remains in the vehicle, thealarm may be activated when theremaining passenger(s) leave thevehicle. If any door, tailgate lid orengine hood is opened within 30seconds after entering the armedstage, the system is disarmed toprevent unnecessary alarm.

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using transmitter or smart key.• The tailgate is opened without using

transmitter or smart key.• The engine hood is opened.The siren will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously for27 seconds, unless the system is dis-armed. To turn off the system, unlock thedoors with the transmitter or smart key.


144

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when:Transmitter- The door unlock button is pressed.- The engine is started.- The ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-

tion for 30 seconds or more.

Smart key- The door unlock button is pressed.- The button of the front outside door is

pressed while carrying the smart key.- The engine is started.

After the doors are unlocked, the hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the system is disarmed.After pressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or tailgate) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Without smart key system

If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch and start the engine.Then the system will be disarmed.

• With smart key systemIf the system is not disarmed with thesmart key, open the door with themechanical key and start the engine.Then the system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

4 15


Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle Mechanical keyTo remove the cover:1. Pull out the door handle (1).2. Press the lever (A) located inside the

bottom part of the cover with a key orflat-head screwdriver (2).

3. Push out the cover while pressing thelever.

• After removing the cover, turn the keytoward the rear of the vehicle to unlockand toward the front of the vehicle tolock (3).

• If you lock/unlock the driver’s door witha key, only the driver’s door willlock/unlock.

• Once the door is unlocked, it may beopened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

Transmitter/Smart key• Doors can be locked and unlocked with

the transmitter or smart key.• Doors can be locked and unlocked

pressing the button of the outside doorhandle with the smart key in your pos-session. (vehicle’s equipped with smartkey system)

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

DOOR LOCKS

WARNING• If you don't close the door

securely, the door may openagain.

• Be careful that someone's bodyand hands are not trapped whenclosing the door.

OVF041209

LLLLoooocccckkkk

UUUUnnnnlllloooocccckkkk

WARNINGBe careful not to damage the coverwhile removing it or misplace itafter removing it.


164

In case of an emergency If the power door lock switch does notoperate electrically, the only way to lockthe door(s) is with the mechanical keyfrom the outside key hole.Doors without the outside key hole, youcan lock the door as follows:1. Open the door.2. Insert the key into the emergency door

lock hole and turn the key horizontallyto lock.

3. Close the door securely.

✽✽ NOTICEOnce the tailgate is closed when thepower door lock switch does not operateelectrically, you will not be able to openthe tailgate.

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door handleFront doorIf the inner door handle is pulled whenthe door is locked, the door will unlockand open.

Rear doorIf the inner door handle is pulled oncewhen the door is locked, the door willunlock.If the inner door handle is pulled oncemore, the door will open.

With central door lock/unlock switchIt is operated by pressing the doorlock/unlock switch.• When you press the central door lock

switch, all vehicle doors will lock andthe indicator light on the switch will illu-minate.

• If any door is opened when the switchis pressed, all doors will not lock.

OVF041009

Lock

OVF041008

OVF041011

■ Type BOVF041010

■ Type A

4 17


• If any door is unlocked, the indicator ofthe central door lock switch will go off.

• When you press the central doorunlock switch, all vehicle doors willunlock.

✽✽ NOTICEOnce the doors are locked with thetransmitter or smart key, the doors can-not be unlocked with the central doorlock/unlock switch.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the follow-ing:• Operate the other door locks and

handles.• Lower the driver’s window and

use the key to unlock the doorfrom outside.

• Move to the cargo area and openthe tailgate.


184

Deadlocks (if equipped)Some vehicles are equipped with adeadlock system. Deadlocks preventopening of a door from either inside oroutside the vehicle once the deadlockshave been activated providing an addi-tional measure of vehicle security.To lock the vehicle using the deadlockfunction, the doors must be locked byusing the transmitter or smart key. Tounlock the vehicle, the transmitter orsmart key must be used again.

Door lock/unlock featuresImpact sensing door unlock system All doors will automatically unlock whenan impact causes the air bags to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock system (if equipped)All doors will automatically lock after thevehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.

Engine off door unlock system (if equipped)All doors will automatically unlock:Without smart key system When the key is removed from the igni-tion switch.

With smart key systemWhen the engine start/stop button is inthe OFF position.

Shift lever door lock/unlock system • All doors will automatically lock when

the shift lever is moved out of P (Park).• All doors will automatically unlock

when the shift lever is moved into P(Park).

You can activate or deactivate the autolock/unlock features in the vehicle. Referto "User setting" in this section.

WARNINGDo not lock the doors with thetransmitter or the smart key withanybody left in the vehicle.The pas-senger in the vehicle cannot unlockthe doors with the door lock button.For example, if the door is lockedwith the transmitter, the passengerin the vehicle cannot unlock thedoor without the transmitter.

4 19


Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

hole (1) and turn it to the “lock( )”position. When the child safety lock isin the lock position, the rear door willnot open even though the inner doorhandle (3) is pulled inside the vehicle.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (2).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (3) until rear door childsafety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OVF041007


204

Non-powered tailgateOpening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter, smart key orcentral door lock/unlock switch.

• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tail-gate unlock button on the transmitter orsmart key is pressed for approximately1 second.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

• Once the tailgate is opened and thenclosed, the tailgate locks automatically.(All doors must be locked.)

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the tailgateLower and push down the tailgate firmly.Make sure that the tailgate is securelylatched.

TAILGATE

OVF041012

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

OVF041013

WARNINGMake sure your hands, feet and otherparts of your body are safely out ofthe way before closing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake sure nothing is near the tail-gate latch and striker while closingthe tailgate. It may damage the tail-gate's latch.

4 21


Power tailgate (if equipped)(1) Power tailgate open button(2) Power tailgate handle switch (3) Power tailgate close button

✽✽ NOTICEThe power tailgate operates when:• Manual shift lever is in neutral.• Automatic shift lever is in P (Park).

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgateopened, you will draw dangerousexhaust fumes into your vehiclewhich can cause serious injury ordeath to vehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and all win-dows open so that additional out-side air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

OVF041015/OVF041014/OVF041016

WARNINGNever leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.Children or animals might operatethe power tailgate that could resultin injury to themselves or others, ordamage the vehicle.

WARNINGMake sure there are no people orobjects around the tailgate beforeoperating the power tailgate. Waituntil the tailgate is opened fully andstopped before loading or unload-ing cargo or passengers from thevehicle.


224

Opening the tailgateThe power tailgate will open automatical-ly by doing one of the following:• Press the tailgate unlock button on the

transmitter or smart key.• Press the power tailgate open button.

• Press the tailgate handle switch carry-ing the smart key with you.

OVF041015 OVF041014

CAUTIONDo not close or open the power tail-gate manually.This may cause dam-age to the power tailgate. If it is nec-essary to close or open the powertailgate manually when the batteryis discharged or disconnected, donot apply excessive force.

4 23


Closing the tailgate1. Press the power tailgate close button

(approximately 1 second).2. The tailgate will close and lock auto-

matically.

Power tailgate non-opening condi-tionsThe power tailgate will not open or closeautomatically, when the vehicle is movingmore than 3km/h (2mph).

✽✽ NOTICE• The power tailgate can be operated

when the engine is not running.However the power tailgate operationconsumes large amounts of vehicleelectric power. To prevent the batteryfrom being discharged, do not operateit excessively e.g.: more than approxi-mately 10 times repeatedly.

• To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the power tail-gate in the open position for a longlime.

• Do not modify or repair any part ofthe power tailgate by yourself. Thismust be done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• When jacking up the vehicle tochange a tire or repair the vehicle, donot operate the power tailgate. Thiscould cause the power tailgate to oper-ate improperly.

• In cold and wet climates, the powertailgate may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

OVF041016

WARNINGThe chime will sound and the haz-ard warning flasher will blink 10times if you drive with the tailgateclosed but not locked. Stop yourvehicle immediately at a safe placeand check if your tailgate is secure-ly locked.

WARNINGThe chime will sound continuouslyif you drive over 3km/h(2mph) withthe tailgate opened. Stop your vehi-cle immediately at a safe place andcheck if your tailgate is opened.


244

Automatic reversalDuring power opening and closing if thepower tailgate is blocked by an object orpart of the body, the power tailgate willdetect the resistance.• If the resistance is detected while

opening the tailgate, it will stop andmove in the opposite direction.

• If the resistance is detected while clos-ing the tailgate, it will stop and move inthe opposite direction.

However, if the resistance is weak suchas from an object that is thin or soft, orthe tailgate is near the latched position,the automatic stop and reversal may notdetect the resistance.

If the automatic reversal feature operatescontinuously more than twice duringopening or closing operation, the powertailgate may stop at that position. At thistime, close the tailgate manually andoperate the tailgate automatically again.

How to reset the power tailgateIf the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, or if the related fuse hasbeen replaced or disconnected, for thepower tailgate to operate normally, resetthe power tailgate as follow:1. Put the shift lever in P (Park).2. Press the tailgate handle switch and

tailgate close button at the same timefor more than 3 seconds. (the chimewill sound)

3. Close the tailgate manually.

If the power tailgate does not work prop-erly after the above procedure, have thesystem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power tailgate does not operatenormally, first check the following con-dition before using the power tailgate.Check if the shift lever is in:• neutral for manual transaxle vehicles• P (Park) for automatic transaxle vehi-

cles

OVF041017

WARNINGNever intentionally place any objector part of your body in the path ofthe power tailgate to make sure theautomatic reversal operates.

4 25


Power tailgate opening heightuser settingThe driver may set the height of a fullyopened tailgate by following the belowinstruction.1. Position the tailgate manually to the

height you prefer.2. Press the tailgate close button for

more than 3 seconds.3. Close the tailgate manually after hear-

ing the buzzer sound.

The tailgate will open to the height thedriver has set up.

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with the emer-gency tailgate safety release lever locat-ed on the bottom of the tailgate. Whensomeone is inadvertently locked in theluggage compartment. The tailgate canbe opened by doing as follows:1. Remove the cover.2. Push the release lever to the right.3. Push up the tailgate.

OVF041018OVF041016

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully aware

of the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever in thevehicle and how to open the tail-gate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a verydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use with extremecaution, especially while the vehi-cle is in motion.


264

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up*/down*(7) Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OVF041019

4 27


Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The dri-ver’s door has a master power windowswitch that controls all the windows in thevehicle. Also, the driver has a power win-dow lock switch which can block theoperation of rear passenger windows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30seconds period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped) inan open (or partially open position), yourvehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet-ing or pulsation noise. This noise is anormal occurrence and can be reducedor eliminated by taking the followingactions. If the noise occurs with one orboth of the rear windows down, partiallylower both front windows approximate-ly one inch. If you experience the noisewith the sunroof open, slightly reduce thesize of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closingType ATo open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

Type BAuto up/down window (if equipped)Pressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers or lifts thewindow even when the switch is released.To stop the window at the desired positionwhile the window is in operation, pull upor press down and release the switch.

OVF041020 OVF041021


284

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power window does not operatenormally, the automatic power windowsystem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. Close the driver’s window and contin-

ue pulling up the driver’s power win-dow switch for at least 1 second afterthe window is completely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8in.) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature is onlyactive when the “auto up” feature isused by fully pulling up the switch. Theautomatic reverse feature will not oper-ate if the window is raised using thehalfway position on the power windowswitch.

OUN026013

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

4 29


WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(pressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side the window while driving.

Power window lock buttonFor Europe• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on rear passenger doorsby pressing the power window lock but-ton located on the driver’s door to theLOCK position (pressed).

Except Europe• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorsby pressing the power window lock but-ton located on the driver’s door to theLOCK position (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis in the LOCK position (pressed),the driver’s master control cannotoperate the front and/or rear pas-senger door power windows.

OVF041022

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.


304

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, push up the secondarylatch (1) inside of the hood center andlift the hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will raise completelyby itself after it has been raisedhalfway.

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and push itdown. Make sure the hood is lockedsecurely.

HOOD

OVF041023 OVF041024

WARNINGOpen the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shiftingthe shift lever to the P(Park) posi-tion for automatic transaxle and tothe 1(First) gear or R(Reverse) formanual transaxle, and setting theparking brake.

4 31


WARNING - Hood• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could fly openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole whenev-er you inspect the engine com-partment. This will prevent thehood from falling and possiblyinjuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fallor be damaged.


324

Opening the fuel filler lid1. To open the lid, press the center edge

of the lid.

✽✽ NOTICEThe lid will open only when a door isunlocked. If the theft-alarm system isactivated, the fuel filler lid will not open.

2. Fully open the lid.3. To open the cap, turn it counterclock-

wise.4. Refuel as needed.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel-filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the lid to break the iceand release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.If necessary, spray around the lid withan approved de-icer fluid (do not useradiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicleto a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. To close the lid, press the edge of thelid. Make sure it is securely closed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OVF041025 OVF041026

4 33


WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warning post-

ed at the gas station facility.• Before refueling note the location

of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas stationfacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)


344

(Continued)Use only portable plastic fuelcontainers designed to carry andstore gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.

4 35


If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After a vehicle is washed or in a rain-storm be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

PANORAMA SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF041027

CAUTION• Do not continue to move the sun-

roof control lever after the sunroofis fully opened, closed, or tilted.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

• Make sure the sunroof is fullyclosed when leaving your vehicle.If the sunroof is opened, rain orsnow may leak through the sun-roof and wet the interior as wellas cause theft.


364

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot tilt when it is in theslide position but can slide while in a tiltposition.

Sunshade• To open the sunshade, pull the sunroof

control lever backward to the firstdetent position.

• To close the sunshade when the sun-roof glass is closed, push the sunroofcontrol lever forward.

To stop the sliding at any point, pull or pushthe sunroof control lever momentarily.

Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is closedIf you pull the sunroof control lever back-ward to the second detent position, thesunshade will slide all the way open thenthe sunroof glass will slide all the wayopen. To stop the sunroof movement atany point, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

When the sunshade is openedIf you pull the sunroof control lever back-ward, the sunroof glass will slide all theway open. To stop the sunroof movementat any point, pull or push the sunroof con-trol lever momentarily.

WARNING • Never adjust the sunroof or sun-

shade while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and anaccident that may cause death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• If you would like to carry items onthe roof using a cross bar, do notoperate the sunroof.

• When carrying cargo on the roof,do not load heavy items abovethe sunroof or glass roof.

• Do not allow children to operatethe sunroof.

OYF049214 OVF041028

4 37


Tilting the sunroof When the sunshade is closedIf you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunshade will slide all theway open then the sunroof glass will tilt.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

When the sunshade is openedIf you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunroof glass will tilt.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

Closing the sunroofTo close the sunroof glass onlyPush the sunroof control lever forward tothe first detent position or pull the leverdownward.

To close the sunroof glass with thesunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward tothe second detent position. The sunroofglass will close then the sunshade closeautomatically.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof glass or sunshade isclosing automatically, it will reverse thedirection, and then stop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass or sunshade and the sunroof sash.You should always check that all passen-gers and objects are away from the sun-roof before closing it.

OYF049215OVF041029


384

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you must resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Close the sunshade and sunroofcompletely if opened.

3. Release the sunroof control lever.4. Push the sunroof control lever forward

in the direction of close (about 10 sec-onds) until the sunroof moves a little.Then, release the lever.

5. Push the sunroof control lever forwardin the direction of close, until the sun-roof operates as follows again:

SUNSHADE OPEN → TILT OPEN →SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE →SUNSHADE CLOSE

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem has been reset.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no head, hands

and body parts are obstructed bya closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sunroofwhile driving.

• Make sure your hands and headare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

4 39


A driver position memory system is pro-vided to store and recall the driver seatposition with a simple button operation.By saving the desired position into thesystem memory, different drivers canreposition the driver seat based upontheir driving preference. If the battery isdisconnected, the position memory willbe erased and the driving position shouldbe restored in the system.

Storing positions into memoryusing the buttons on the doorStoring driver’s seat positions1. Change the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. Adjust the driver’s seat comfortable for

the driver.3. Press SET button on the control panel.

The system will beep once.4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or

2) within 5 seconds after pressing theSET button. The system will beeptwice when memory has been suc-cessfully stored.

DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING Never attempt to operate the driverposition memory system while thevehicle is moving.This could result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property damage.

OVF041030


404

Recalling positions from memory1. Change the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. To recall the position in the memory,

press the desired memory button (1 or2).The system will beep once, then thedriver’s seat will automatically adjust tothe stored position.

Adjusting the control switch for the dri-ver’s seat while the system is recallingthe stored position will cause the move-ment to stop and move in the directionthat the control switch is moved.

Easy access function (if equipped)The system will move the driver's seatautomatically as follows:• Without smart key system

- It will move the driver’s seat rearwardwhen the ignition key is removed.

- It will move the driver’s seat forwardwhen the ignition key is inserted.

• With smart key system- It will move the driver’s seat rearward

when the engine start/stop button ischanged to the OFF position.

- It will move the driver’s seat forwardwhen the engine start/stop button ischanged to the ACC or START posi-tion.

You can activate or deactivate this feature.Refer to "User setting" in this section.

WARNING Use caution when recalling theadjustment memory while sitting inthe vehicle. Push the seat positioncontrol switch to the desired posi-tion immediately if the seat movestoo far in any direction.

4 41


Electronic power steeringPower steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by the power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for better control of the steer-ing wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illumi-

nate.• The steering effort is high immediately

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK/OFF posi-tion.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• The steering effort increases if thesteering wheel is rotated continuouslywhen the vehicle is not in motion.However, after a few minutes, it willreturn to its normal conditions.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the Electronic Power Steering

System does not operate normally, thewarning light will illuminate on theinstrument cluster. The steering wheelmay become difficult to control oroperate abnormally. Take your vehicleto an authorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the vehicle checked as soonas possible.

• When you operate the steering wheelin low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

STEERING WHEEL


424

Tilt steering A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjustthe steering wheel before you drive. Youcan also raise it to give your legs moreroom when you exit and enter the vehicle(if equipped).

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (3), then pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel inplace. Be sure to adjust the steeringwheel to the desired position before driv-ing.

Heated steering wheel (if equipped)With the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, pressing the heated steering wheelbutton warms the steering wheel. Theindicator on the button will illuminate andnotify you on the LCD display.To turn the heated steering wheel off,press the button once again. The indica-tor on the button will turn off and notifyyou on the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICEThe heated steering wheel will turn offautomatically approximately 30 minutesafter the heated steering wheel is turnedon.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of steering wheel while driving.You may lose your steering con-trol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OVF041031 OVF041032

4 43


HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OVF041033

CAUTIONDo not install any grip to operatethe steering wheel. This causesdamage to the heated steeringwheel system.


444

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)(if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the car behind you in nighttime or lowlight driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare fromvehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted into R(Reverse), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision out therear window.

OVF041034

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause the liq-uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.

Day

Night

WARNING Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident which could causedeath, serious injury or propertydamage.

WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror anddo not install a wide mirror. It couldresult in injury, during an accidentor deployment of the air bag.

4 45


To operate the electric rearview mirror:• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn

the automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

OVF041202 WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The outside rearview mirror isconvex. Objects seen in the mir-ror are closer than they appear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

SSSSeeeennnnssssoooorrrrIIIInnnnddddiiiiccccaaaattttoooorrrr


464

Remote controlElectric type The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R (Right) or L (Left) toselect the right side mirror or the left sidemirror, then press a corresponding pointon the mirror adjustment control to posi-tion the selected mirror up, down, left orright.After adjustment, put the lever into neu-tral (center) position to prevent inadver-tent adjustment.

Folding the outside rearview mirrorManual typeTo fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

OVF041035

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OVF041036

4 47


Electric type To fold the outside rearview mirror, pressthe button.To unfold it, press the button again.

OVF041037

CAUTIONIn case it is an electric type outsiderearview mirror, don’t fold it byhand. It could cause motor failure.

CAUTIONThe electric type outside rearviewmirror operates even though theignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion. However, to prevent unneces-sary battery discharge, do notadjust the mirrors longer than nec-essary while the engine is not run-ning.


484

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer3. Engine coolant temperature gauge4. Fuel gauge5. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)6. Turn signal indicators7. LCD display

OVF041040/OVF041041

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details, refer to "Gauges" in thefollowing pages.

■■ Type A

■■ Type B

4 49


Instrument panel illuminationThe instrument panel illumination intensi-ty can be adjusted as follows:• Ignition switch in the ON position• Parking light or headlight on• Pushing the control switch up or down

The illumination intensity is shown on theinstrument cluster LCD display.

Gauges

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehiclespeed.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters per hour and/or miles per hour.

OVF041042

■ Type A

■ Type B

OVF041043L■ Type C

OVF041043N

OVF041043


504

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the enginespeed in revolutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

Engine coolant temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

■ Gasoline Engine

■ Diesel Engine

OVF041045

OVF041044

■■■■ TTTTyyyyppppeeee AAAA

■■■■ TTTTyyyyppppeeee BBBB

OVF041047

OVF041047L

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“130/H” position, it indicates over-heating that may damage theengine.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

4 51


Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank.

✽✽ NOTICE• The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-

tion 8. • The fuel gauge is supplemented by a

low fuel warning light, which will illu-minate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlierthan usual due to the movement offuel in the tank.

Outside temperatureThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°C ~ 60°C (-40°F ~ 140°F).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like a gen-eral thermometer to prevent the driverfrom being inattentive.

• To convert from °C to °F or °F to °Cpress the DISP button for more than 5seconds in the Distance to empty (DTE)mode.



OVF041046

OVF041046L

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to the“O/E (Empty)” level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire damag-ing the catalytic converter.

OVF041089


524

Manual transaxle shift indicator (if equipped)This indicator informs you which gear isdesired while driving to save fuel.For example

: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rdgear is desired (currently the shiftlever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).

: Indicates that shifting down to the3rd gear is desired (currently theshift lever is in the 4th or 5th gear).

When the system is not working proper-ly, the indicator is not displayed.

Automatic transaxle shift positionindicator (if equipped)The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift lever is selected.

Icy road warning light (if equipped)This warning light is to warn the driverthe road may be icy when:• Ignition ON• Temperature range: approximately

below 4°C (39.2°F).The warning light will blink for 10 sec-onds and then illuminate. Also, the warn-ing chime will sound.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the icy road warning light appearswhile driving, you should drive moreattentively and safely refraining fromover-speeding, rapid acceleration, sud-den braking or sharp turning, etc.

OVF041048 OVF041049 OVF041090

4 53


Odometer (km or mi.)The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

Tripmeter (km or mi.)This mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to9999.9 km (0.0 to 9999.9 miles).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

LCD displayThe Trip computer, User setting,Warnings, etc. are displayed on the LCDdisplay.To change between groups, press theDISP button.To change between modes in groups,press the DISP button.

OVF041052

■ Type A ■ Type B

OVF041053


OVF041050


544

Trip computerThe trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to drivingwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition. All stored driving information(except odometer, distance to empty andinstant fuel economy) resets if the batteryis disconnected.

Press the DISP button to changebetween modes.

Distance to empty (km or mi.)This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance the vehicle can be driven with theremaining fuel. When the remaining dis-tance is below 50 km (30 miles), “---” willbe displayed.The meter’s working range is from 50 to999 km (30 to 999 miles).

Average speed

Elapsed time

Distance to empty

Average fuel economy*/Instant fuel economy*

* if equippedOVF041054

OVF041055



4 55


Average fuel economy (if equipped)(L/100 km or MPG)This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average fueleconomy reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 50 m (0.03 miles).Pressing the DISP button for more than 1second, when the average fuel consump-tion is displayed, clears the average fuelconsumption to zero (--.-).If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km/h afterrefueling more than 6 l, the average fuelconsumption will be cleared to zero (---).You can activate or deactivate the fea-ture, resetting the average fuel economyafter refueling more than 6 l.Refer to "User setting" in this section.

Instant fuel economy (if equipped)(L/100 km or MPG)This mode calculates the instant fuelconsumption during the last few sec-onds.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel economy and distance toempty may vary significantly basedon driving conditions, driving habits,and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty is an estimateof the available driving distance. Thisvalue may differ from the actual driv-ing distance.

OVF041056


OVF041057



564

Average speed (km/h or MPH)This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the DISP button for more than 1second, when the average speed is dis-played, clears the average speed to zero(---).

Elapsed timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going while the engineis running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the DISP button for more than 1second, when the driving time is beingdisplayed, clears the driving time to zero(0:00).

User Settings1. Stop the vehicle with the ignition

switch in the ON position or enginerunning.

2. Press the DISP button until the Usersetting is displayed.

3. With the User setting displayed, pressthe DISP button for 2 seconds.

4. You can change the item by pressingthe DISP button and select an item bypressing the TRIP button.

OVF041058


OVF041059


OVF041060


4 57


Door• Auto Door LockOff - The auto door lock operation will be

canceled.Speed - All doors will be automatically

locked when the vehicle speedexceeds 15km/h (9.3mph).

Shift Lever - All doors will be automati-cally locked if the shift leveris shifted from the P(Park)position to the R(Reverse),N(Neutral) or D(Drive) posi-tion. (for automatictransaxle shift lever)

• Auto Door UnlockOff - The auto door unlock operation will

be canceled.Key Out - All doors will be automatically

unlocked when the ignition keyis removed from ignition switch(or smart key is in the OFFposition).

Shift Lever - All doors will be automati-cally unlocked if the shiftlever is shifted to theP(Park) position. (for auto-matic transaxle shift lever)

Lamp • Headlamp EscortIf the Headlamp Escort is checked:The Headlamp Escort and HeadlampWelcome function will be activated.For details, refer to “Lighting” in section 4.

OVF041061


OVF041062



584

Settings• LanguageChoose a language you prefer within theLCD display.

• AVG Fuel EconomyAuto Reset - The average fuel economy

will reset automaticallywhen you drive after refuel-ing.

• Alarm FunctionIf the Alarm Function is checked:The Alarm function on the transmitterand smart key will be activated.

• Welcome Sound (for instrument cluster type B)

On - The Welcome Sound function willbe activated.

Off - The Welcome Sound function willbe inactivated.

• MaintenanceIf the Maintenance is checked:A message will appear to notify the driv-er maintenance service is required.

• Seat Easy Access (for Driver PositionMemory System equipped vehicle)

If the Seat Easy Access is chcked:The driver's seat will automatically moveforward or rearward for the driver to enteror exit the vehicle comfortably.

LKAS Mode (for instrument cluster type B)(if equipped)LKA - The Lane Keeping Assistance

System (LKAS) will be activated.LDW - The Lane Departure Warning

System (LDWS) will be activated.For more details, refer to LKAS in section 5.

OVF041063


OVF041064

4 59


LCD display informationsClock (if equipped)

The time is displayed when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

• Time format mode

To change the 12 hour format to 24 hourformat:1. Press the TIME button for more than

1second.2. Press the DISP button to switch from

12H to 24H or 24H to 12H.3. Press the TRIP button to select the

time format you desire.

• Time adjust mode

To change the time (hour/minute) :1. Press the TRIP button when in the

time format mode.2. Press the DISP button to change the

hour (advance by 1 hour).3. Press the TRIP button to move the

minute.4. Press the DISP button to change the

time by 1 minute (advance by 1minute).

5. Press the TRIP button to move out ofthe Time mode.

Door/Trunk (Tailgate) open

The indicator appears to inform the driv-er which door or tailgate is opened.

OVF041065

OVF041131/Q

OVF041131/Q

OVF041066

■ Door

OVF041067

■ Tailgate


604

Heated steering wheel ON/OFF

The indicator will appear when the heat-ed steering wheel is turned on.

The indicator will appear when the heat-ed steering wheel is turned off.

For more details, refer to “Steeringwheel” in section 4.

Illumination intensity

The illumination intensity of the instru-ment panel is shown when adjusting itwith the illumination control switch.For more details, refer to “Instrumentpanel illumination” in section 4.

Parking assist warning

Displays the area an obstacle is detectedwhile moving forward or rearward.For more details, refer to “Parking assistsystem” in section 4.

OVF041068

OVF041069


OVF041070


OVF041071



4 61


Low tire pressure (if equipped)

The low tire pressure position telltale willappear when one or more of your tiresare under-inflated. It will indicate the cor-responding under-inflated tire.For more details, refer to “TPMS” in sec-tion 6.

Turn on fuse switch (mode switch)

The notice appears to inform the driver toturn on the fuse switch in the instrumentpanel under the steering wheel.For more details, refer to “Fuses” in sec-tion 7.

Check active air flap system

The notice appears to inform the driverwhen:• The flaps malfunction• The active air flap controller malfunc-

tions• The air flaps are not opened in a con-

dition that has to be openedWhen all of the above conditions arefixed, the warning will disappear.

✽✽ NOTICE• The above warning message may

appear even though the active air flaphas not malfunctioned. Please checkfor foreign matter or if the flap hasfrozen.

• In winter, the warning may not illumi-nate immediately.

OVF061012


OVF041073


OVF041074



624

Key is not in vehicle

If the smart key is not in the vehicle andif any door is opened or closed with theengine start/stop button in the ACC, ON,or START position, the warning illumi-nates on the LCD display. Also, the chimesounds for 5 seconds when the smartkey is not in the vehicle and the door isclosed.Always have the smart key with you.

Key is not detected

If the smart key is not in the vehicle or isnot detected and you press the enginestart/stop button, the warning illuminateson the LCD display for 10 seconds. Also,the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10seconds.

Press start with smart key

If you press the engine start/stop buttonwhile the warning “Key is not detected”illuminates the warning “Press the startbutton with smart key” illuminates for 10seconds on the LCD display. Also, theimmobilizer indicator blinks for 10 sec-onds.

For vehicle’s equipped with smart key system

OVF041075


OVF041076


OVF041077


4 63


Low key battery

If the engine start/stop button changes tothe OFF position when the smart key inthe vehicle discharges, the warning illu-minates on the LCD display for about 10seconds. Also, the warning chimesounds once.Replace the battery with a new one.

Press brake pedal to start engine (for automatic transaxle)

If the engine start/stop button changes tothe ACC position twice by pressing thebutton repeatedly without depressing thebrake pedal, the warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should depress thebrake pedal to start the engine.

Press clutch pedal to start engine (for manual transaxle)

If the engine start/stop button turns to theACC position twice by pressing the but-ton repeatedly without depressing theclutch pedal, the warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should depress theclutch pedal to start the engine.

OVF041078


OVF041079


OVF041080



644

Shift to "P" position

If you try to turn off the engine without theshift lever in the P (Park) position, theengine start/stop button will turn to theACC position. If the button is pressedonce more it will turn to the ON position.The warning illuminates on the LCD dis-play for about 10 seconds to indicate thatyou should press the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever in the P (Park)position to turn off the engine.Also, the warning chime sounds for about10 seconds. (if equipped)

Press start button again

If you can not operate the enginestart/stop button when there is a problemwith the engine start/stop button system,the warning illuminates for 10 secondsand the chime sounds continuously toindicate that you could start the engineby pressing the engine start/stop buttononce more.The chime will stop if the enginestart/stop button system works normallyor the theft alarm system is armed.If the warning illuminates each time youpress the engine start/stop button, takeyour vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

Shift to "P" or "N" to start the engine

If you try to start the engine with the shiftlever not in the P(Park) or N(Neutral)position, the warning illuminates forabout 10 seconds on the LCD display.You can also start the engine with theshift lever in the N(Neutral) position, butfor your safety start the engine with theshift lever in the P(Park) position.

OVF041081


OVF041082


OVF041083


4 65


Press start button while turn steering (if equipped)

If the steering wheel does not unlock nor-mally when the engine start/stop buttonis pressed, the warning illuminates for 10seconds on the LCD display. Also, thewarning chime sounds once and theengine start/stop button light blinks for 10seconds.When you are warned, press the enginestart/stop button while turning the steer-ing wheel right and left.

Check steering wheel lock system(if equipped)

If the steering wheel does not lock nor-mally when the engine start/stop buttonchanges to the OFF position, the warningilluminates for 10 seconds on the LCDdisplay. Also, the warning chime soundsfor 3 seconds and the engine start/stopbutton light blinks for 10 seconds.

Check stop lamp fuse

When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect-ed, the warning illuminates for 10 sec-onds on the LCD display.Replace the fuse with a new one. If thatis not possible you can start the engineby pressing the engine start/stop buttonfor 10 seconds in ACC.

OVF041084


OVF041085


OVF041086



664

Warnings and indicators(Instrument cluster)All warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention.

The following warning and indicators areintroduced in the previous pages.• Automatic transaxle shift lever indica-

tor• Manual transaxle shift indicator• Icy road warning• Door/tailgate open (LCD display)• Heated steering wheel ON/OFF (LCD

display)• Parking assist warning (LCD display)• Low tire pressure (LCD display)

Seat belt warning andchime light

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink or illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.For more details, refer to the “Seat belt”in section 3.

4 67


Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the SRSis not working properly. If the air bagwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turn the igni-tion switch to the ON position or startedthe engine, or if it comes on while driving,have the SRS inspected by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer..

Immobilizer indicator

Without smart key systemThis indicator illuminates when theimmobilizer key is inserted and turned tothe ON position to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Theindicator goes out after the engine is run-ning.If this indicator blinks when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position before start-ing the engine, have the system checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or goesoff.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the engine start/stop button is in theACC or ON position, the indicator willilluminate for approximately 30 secondsto indicate that you are able to start theengine. However, when the smart key isnot in the vehicle, if the engine start/stopbutton is pressed, the indicator will blinkfor a few seconds to indicate that you arenot be able to start the engine.

• If the indicator illuminates only for 2 sec-onds and goes out when the enginestart/stop button is turned to ON positionwith the smart key in the vehicle, havethe system checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• When the battery is weak, if the enginestart/stop button is pressed, the indica-tor will blink and you are not able to startthe engine. However, you are able tostart the engine by pressing the enginestart/stop button directly with the smartkey. Also, if the smart key system relatedparts have a problem, the indicator willblink.


684

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely.

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely.

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “O/E” cancause the engine to misfire and damagethe catalytic converter (if equipped).

EPS (Electronic PowerSteering) system warninglight

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out.This light also comes on when the EPShas some problems. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn signal indicator lights

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.

4 69


Light on indicator

The indicator illuminates when the taillights or headlights are ON.

Low Beam Indicator Light(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates when theheadlights are on.For vehicles equipped with instrumentcluster type B, the indicator illuminateson the LCD display.

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System)malfunction indicator (if equipped)If the AFLS malfunction indicator illumi-nates, the AFLS is not working properly.Drive to the nearest safe location andrestart the engine. If the indicator contin-uously remains on, take your vehicle toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

The indicator illuminates when the frontfog lights are ON.

Rear fog light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the rearfog lights are ON.

Low washer fluid levelwarning indicator

This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is nearly empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

AFLS


704

Parking brake & brakefluid warning

Parking brake warning This light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have it towed to any authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

EPB (Electric ParkingBrake) malfunction indica-tor

The EPB malfunction indicator will illumi-nate when the ignition switch is turnedON, but should go off after approximate-ly 3 seconds. If the warning light does notcome on, or continuously remains ontake your vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the systemchecked.Also, the EPB malfunction indicator mayilluminate when the ESP indicator comeson to indicate that the ESP is not workingproperly, but if this occurs, it does notindicate the EPB has malfunctioned.For more details, refer to "EPB" in sec-tion 5.WARNING

Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

EPB

4 71


AUTO HOLD indicator (if equipped)

If you press the AUTO HOLD switch, theAUTO HOLD indicator on the clustercomes on white. And when you stop thevehicle completely by pressing the brakepedal, the indicator changes from whiteto green.If the AUTO HOLD malfunction indicatorlights up yellow, the AUTO HOLD is notworking properly. Take your vehicle to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.For more details, refer to “AUTO HOLD”in section 5.

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a problem with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brakeforce distribution(EBD) systemwarning lightIf two warning lights illuminate at thesame time while driving, your vehicle’sABS and EBD system may have mal-functioned.

In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. Also, the EPS warninglight may illuminate and the steeringeffort may increase or decrease. In thiscase, have your vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

AUTOHOLD

WARNINGIf both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking.Have your vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.


724

ESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) indicator

The ESP indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds.When the ESP is on, it monitors thedriving conditions. Under normal drivingconditions, the ESP indicator will remainoff. When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESP will oper-ate, and the ESP indicator will blink toindicate the ESP is operating.But, if the ESP system malfunctions theindicator illuminates and stays on. Takeyour vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

ESP OFF indicator

The ESP OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode,press the ESP OFF button. The ESPOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESP is deactivated.

Auto stop indicator(if equipped)

This indicator will illuminate when theengine enters the Idle Stop mode of theISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.When the automatic starting occurrs, theauto stop indicator on the cluster willblink for 5 seconds.For more details, refer to the ISG (IdleStop and Go) system in section 5.

For vehicles equipped with instrumentcluster type B, the indicator illuminateson the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the engine automatically starts bythe ISG system, some warning lights(ABS, ESP, ESP OFF, EPS or Parkingbrake warning light) may turn on for afew seconds. This happens because of low batteryvoltage. It does not mean the system ismalfunctioning.

SPORT indicator (if equipped)

The SPORT indicator light will illuminatewhen the SPORT button is pressed. Theindicator light turns off when the SPORTbutton is pressed again.For more details, refer to "Automatictransaxle" in section 5.

SPORT

4 73


Cruise indicator (if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled by pressing

/CRUISE button on the steeringwheel. The indicator goes off when the

/CRUISE button is pressed again todeactivate the system.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol switch (-SET or RES+) is pressed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

For more details, refer to "Cruise controlsystem" in section 5.The cruise indicators illuminates on theLCD display.

Speed limiter indicator (if equipped)

The indicator illuminates when thespeed limit control system is enabled bypressing button on the steeringwheel. The indicator goes off when the

button is pressed again to deacti-vate the system.

If there is a problem with the speed limitcontrol system, the “OFF” indicator willblink.If this occurs, have the system checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.For more details, refer to “Speed limitcontrol system” in section 5.The speed limiter indicators illuminateson the LCD display.

OVF051029


OVF051028


OVF051024


OVF051027



744

LKAS (Lane KeepingAssistant System) indicator (if equipped)

The LKAS indicator will illuminate whenyou turn the lane keeping assistant sys-tem on by pressing the LKAS button.If there is a problem with the system, theyellow LKAS indicator will illuminate.For more details, refer to "LKAS" in sec-tion 5.

TPMS (Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem) indicator (if equipped)Low tire pressure telltale/ TPMS malfunction indicator

The low tire pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.The low tire pressure and position tell-tales illuminates when one or more ofyour tires is significantly underinflated.The TPMS malfunction indicator will illu-minate after it blinks for approximatelyone minute when there is a problem withthe Tire Pressure Monitoring System.If this occurs, have the system checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.For more details, refer to the TPMS in sec-tion 6.The low tire pressure position telltale illu-minates on the LCD display.

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle instabili-ty, immediately take your foot offthe accelerator pedal, apply thebrakes gradually and with lightforce, and slowly move to a safeposition off the road.

4 75


Engine oil pressure warn-ing

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Engine oil level warninglight (if equipped)

The engine oil level warning light illumi-nates when the engine oil level should bechecked.If the warning light comes on, check theengine oil level as soon as possible andadd engine oil as required.Slowly pour the recommended oil little bylittle into a funnel. (Oil refill capacity :approximately 0.6 ~ 1.0 l)Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto "Recommended lubricants and capac-ities" in section 8.)Do not overfill the engine oil to ensurethe oil level is not above F mark on thedipstick.For vehicles equipped with instrumentcluster type B, the indicator illuminateson the LCD display.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.

CAUTIONIf the engine does not stop immedi-ately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.


764

✽✽ NOTICE• If you travel approximately 50

km~100 km after the engine warmsup, after adding the engine oil, thewarning light will go off.

• Cycle the ignition from OFF to ON 3times within 10 seconds, the warninglight will go off immediately. However,when you turn off the warning lightwithout adding the engine oil, the lightwill come on again after travelingapproximately 50 km ~ 100 km afterthe engine warms up.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential problem has beendetected somewhere in the emissioncontrol system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the ON posi-tion, take your vehicle to your nearestauthorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

CAUTIONProlonged driving with theEmission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

CAUTION - Gasoline engineIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which couldresult in loss of engine power. Havethe Engine Control System inspect-ed as soon as possible by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the light comes on continuouslyafter adding the engine oil and trav-eling approximately 50 km~100 kmafter the engine warms up, takeyour vehicle to your nearest author-ized HYUNDAI dealer and have thesystem checked.Even if this light doesn't come onafter the engine has started, theengine oil should be checked andsupplied periodically.

CAUTION - Diesel engine(if equipped with DPF)

When the malfunction indicatorlight blinks, it may stop blinkingafter driving the vehicle at morethan 60km/h (37 mph) or at morethan second gear with 1500 ~ 2000engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).If the malfunction indicator lightcontinues to blink in spite of theprocedure, please visit an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer and thencheck the DPF system.If you continue to drive with themalfunction indicator light blinkingfor a long time, the DPF system canbe damaged and fuel consumptioncan worsen.

4 77


Engine coolant tempera-ture warning light(if equipped)

The warning light illuminates if the tem-perature of the engine coolant is above120±3°C (248±5.4°F).Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “Overheating” in section 6.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.

Glow indicator (Diesel engine)

The indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is placed at the ON posi-tion. The engine can be started after thepreheat indicator light goes off. The illu-minating time varies with the water tem-perature, air temperature and batterycondition.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine does not start within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK/OFF position for 10 seconds,and then to the ON position, in order topreheat again.

CAUTIONIf the preheat indicator light contin-ues to illuminate or flash on and offafter the engine has warmed up orwhile driving, have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION - Diesel engineIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light blinks,some error related to the injectionquantity adjustment occurs whichcould result in loss of enginepower, combustion noise and pooremission. Have the Engine ControlSystem inspected as soon as pos-sible by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.


784

Fuel filter warning light(Diesel engine)

This warning light illuminates for 3 sec-onds after the ignition switch is set to theON position and then it will go out. If itlights up while the engine is running, itindicates that water has accumulatedinside the fuel filter. If this happens,remove the water from the fuel filter.For more details, refer to “Fuel filter” insection 7.

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

Overspeed warning (if equipped)

Overspeed warning lightIf you drive with the speed of 120 km/h ormore, the overspeed warning light willblink. This is to prevent you from drivingyour vehicle with overspeed.

Overspeed warning chime (if equipped)If you drive with the speed of 120 km/h ormore, the overspeed warning chime willsound for about 5 seconds. This is to pre-vent you from driving your vehicle withoverspeed.

CAUTIONWhen the fuel filter warning lightilluminates, engine power (vehiclespeed & idle speed) may decrease.If you keep driving with the warninglight on, you can damage your vehi-cle's engine parts and injection sys-tem of the Common Rail. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible.

120km/h

4 79


The parking assist system assists thedriver during movement of the vehicle bychiming if any object is sensed within thedistance of 60 cm (24 in.) in front and100 cm (39 in.) behind the vehicle. Thissystem is a supplemental system and itis not intended to nor does it replace theneed for extreme care and attention ofthe driver.

The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the sensors are limited.Whenever moving pay as much attentionto what is in front and behind of you asyou would in a vehicle without a parkingassist system.

Operation of the parking assistsystemOperating condition• This system activates when the park-

ing assist button is pressed with theignition switch ON.

• The parking assist button turns onautomatically and activates the parkingassist system when you shift the gearto the R (Reverse) position. It will turnoff automatically when you shift out ofR (Reverse) and drive above 10 km/h(6.2 mph).

• The sensing distance while backing upis approximately 100 cm (39 in.) whenyou are driving less than 10 km/h (6.2mph).

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGThe parking assist system shouldonly be considered as a supple-mentary function. The driver mustcheck the front and rear view. Theoperational function of the parkingassist system can be affected bymany factors and conditions of thesurroundings, so the responsibilityrests always with the driver.

OVF041104

OVF041103

OVF041100

■ Front

■ RearSSSSeeeennnnssssoooorrrr

SSSSeeeennnnssssoooorrrr


804

• The sensing distance while moving for-ward is approximately 60 cm (24 in.)when you are driving less than 10 km/h(6.2 mph).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

✽✽ NOTICEIt may not operate if it’s distance fromthe object is already less than approxi-mately 25 cm when the system is ON.

Distance from object Warning indicator

Warning soundWhen driving

forwardWhen driving

rearward

100cm~61cm

Front - -

Rear -Buzzer beeps intermittently

60cm~31cm

FrontBuzzer beeps

frequently

Rear -Buzzer beeps

frequently

30cm

FrontBuzzer sounds continuously

Rear -Buzzer sounds continuously

✽✽ NOTICE• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration accord-

ing to objects or sensor status.• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.

Type of warning indicator and sound: with Warning sound

: without Warning sound

4 81


Non-operational conditions ofparking assist systemParking assist system may not oper-ate normally when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when moisturemelts.)

2. Sensor is covered with foreign matter,such as snow or water, or the sensorcover is blocked. (It will operate nor-mally when the material is removed orthe sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Sensor is stained with foreign mattersuch as snow or water. (Sensing rangewill return to normal when removed.)

4.The parking assist button is off.

There is a possibility of parkingassist system malfunction when:1. Driving on uneven road surfaces such

as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, orgradient.

2. Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes can inter-fere with the sensor.

3. Heavy rain or water spray.4. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones present near the sensor.5. Sensor is covered with snow.

Detecting range may decrease when:1. Outside air temperature is extremely

hot or cold.2. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m

and narrower than 14 cm in diameter.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects, which tend to absorb sensor

frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

CAUTION• This system can only sense

objects within the range and loca-tion of the sensors;It can not detect objects in otherareas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slimobjects, such as poles or objectslocated between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind thevehicle when backing up.

• Be sure to inform any drivers ofthe vehicle that may be unfamiliarwith the system regarding thesystems capabilities and limita-tions.


824

✽✽ NOTICE1. The warning may not sound sequen-

tially depending on the speed andshapes of the objects detected.

2. The parking assist system may mal-function if the vehicle bumper heightor sensor installation has been modi-fied. Any non-factory installed equip-ment or accessories may also interferewith the sensor performance.

3. Sensor may not recognize objects lessthan 30 cm from the sensor, or it maysense an incorrect distance. Use withcaution.

4. When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow or water, the sensor may beinoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor with any hard objects that coulddamage the surface of the sensor.Sensor damage could occur.

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors,it can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, or objects locatedbetween sensors may not be detected. Always visually check in front andbehind the vehicle when driving.Be sure to inform any drivers in thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

Self-diagnosisWhen you shift the gear to the R(Reverse) position and if one or more ofthe below occurs you may have a mal-function in the rear parking assist sys-tem.• You don't hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently.

If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants related to a parking assistsystem. Always drive safely andcautiously.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the objectsdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visualinspection to make sure the vehicleis clear of all obstructions beforemoving the vehicle in any direction.

(blinks)

• is displayed. (if equipped)

4 83


The Smart Parking Assist System helpsdrivers park their vehicle by using sen-sors to measure parallel parking spaces,control the steering wheel to semi-auto-matically park the car and provideinstruction on the LCD display to helpthrough parking.

✽✽ NOTICE• The vehicle will not stop for pedestri-

ans or objects that may be in its path,so the driver must monitor themaneuver.

• Use the system only in parking lotsand places used for parking.

• The system does not work if there isno car parked in front of the parkingspace you are planning to park or if itis a diagonal parking space.

• After parking your vehicle using thesystem, the vehicle may not be parkedat the exact spot you have wished. Forexample, the space between your vehi-cle and wall may not be the distanceyou have desired.

• Deactivate the system and park yourvehicle manually, when the situationrequires parking manually.

• The Parking Assist System's front andrear warning sound activates whenthe Smart Parking Assist System isactivated.

• After searching for a parking space iscompleted, the Smart Parking AssistSystem will be canceled if the ParkingAssist System is cancelled by pressingthe button to the OFF position.

SMART PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (SPAS) (IF EQUIPPED)

OLM041270

WARNING• The Smart Parking Assist System

should only be considered as asupplementary function. The driv-er must check the front and rearview for objects. The operationalfunction of the Smart ParkingAssist System can be affected bymany factors and conditions of thesurroundings, so the responsibili-ty rests always with the driver.

• The system may not operate nor-mally if the vehicle needs wheelalignment adjustment. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• If you use a different tire or wheelsize rather than the size recom-mended by the HYUNDAI dealer,the system may not work properly.Always use the same size tire andwheel.


844

Operating conditionThe system will help park the vehicle inthe middle or back of a parked vehicle.Use the system when all the below con-ditions are met.• When the parking space is a straight

line• When parallel parking is required• When there is a parked vehicle• When there is enough space to move

the vehicle

Non-operating conditionNever use the Smart Parking AssistSystem in the below conditions.• Curved parking space • Inclined roads• A vehicle loaded with longer or wider

cargo compared to the vehicle• Diagonal parking space • Parking space with trash, grass or bar-

riers• Heavy snow or rain• A pole close to the parking line• Bumpy roads• A vehicle equipped with a snow chain

or spare tire• Tire pressure lower or higher than the

standard tire pressure• A trailer connected to the vehicle• Slippery or uneven road• Big vehicles such as buses or trucks

parked• Sensor covered with foreign matter,

such as snow or water• Moisture frozen on the sensor.• A motorcycle or bicycle parked• A trash can or obstacle near

• Heavy wind• Wheel changed to an unauthorized

size• A problem with the wheel alignment• Next to a garden or bush

OLM041271

■ Right side - parallel mode

■ Left side-parallel mode

4 85


WARNINGDo not use the Smart ParkingAssist System in the following con-ditions for unexpected results mayoccur and cause a serious accident.1. Parking on inclines

The driver must apply the accelera-tor and brake pedal when parkingon inclines. If the driver is unfamil-iar with applying the acceleratorand brake pedal, a car accident mayoccur.

(Continued)

OVF041300

(Continued)2. Parking in snow

Snow may interfere with sensoroperation or the system may cancelif the road is slippery while parking.Also, if the driver is unfamiliar withapplying the accelerator and brakepedal, a car accident may occur.

(Continued)

(Continued)3. Parking in narrow space

The system may not search forparking spaces if the space is toonarrow. Even if it operates alwaysbe careful.

(Continued)

OVF041301 OVF041302


864

(Continued)4. Parking diagonal

The system is a supplemental forparallel parking. Diagonal line park-ing is not available. Even if the vehi-cle is able to enter the space, donot operate the Smart ParkingAssist System. The system willattempt parallel parking.

(Continued)

(Continued)5. Parking in uneven road

Parking in uneven roads, the driverneeds to properly apply the pedal(clutch, accelerator or brake). If not,the system may cancel when thevehicle slips or an accident mayoccur.

(Continued)

(Continued)6. Parking behind a truck

An accident may occur when park-ing behind a vehicle higher thanyours. For example, bus, truck, etc.

(Continued)

OSL040145 OVF041304 OVF041305

4 87


How the system works1. Activate the Smart Parking Assist

System2. Select parking assist mode3. Search for parking space (slowly move

forward.)4. Search complete (automatic search by

sensor.)5. Steering wheel control

(1) Shift according to the instruction onthe LCD display.

(2) Drive slowly with the brake pedalapplied.

6. Smart Parking Assist System com-plete

7. If necessary, manually adjust positionof vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICE• Before activating the system check if

the conditions are possible to use thesystem.

• For your safety, always apply thebrake pedal except for when driving.

(Continued)7. Obstacle in parking space

The system may search for a park-ing space even though an obstacleis in the parking space. An accidentmay occur if you continue to parkthe vehicle with the system.

Do not solely rely on the SmartParking Assist System.

OLM041272


884

1. Activate Smart Parking AssistSystem

• Press the Smart Parking AssistSystem button (the button indicator willilluminate).

• The Parking Assist System will be acti-vated (the button indicator will illumi-nate).A warning sound will be heard if anobstacle is detected.

• Press the Smart Parking AssistSystem button again for more than 2seconds to turn off the system.

• The Smart Parking Assist Systemdefaults to the OFF position wheneverthe ignition switch is turned on.

2. Select parking assist mode• Select the parking assist mode by

pressing the Smart Parking AssistSystem button with the shift lever in N(Neutral) or D(Drive) and the brakepedal depressed.

• The right side parallel mode is select-ed automatically when the SmartParking Assist System is activated.

• To select the left side parallel modepress the Smart Parking Assist Systembutton once more.

• If the button is pressed again, the sys-tem will turn off.

3. Search for parking space• Slowly drive forward maintaining the

distance of approximately 50cm ~150cm (19.6in.~59.0in.) with theparked vehicles. The side sensors willsearch for a parking space.

• If the vehicle speed is over 30km/h(18.6mph), a message will appear tonotify to reduce speed.

• If the vehicle speed is over 40km/h(24.8mph), the system will cancel.

OVF041105 OVF041107



OVF041203



4 89


✽✽ NOTICE• Turn on the hazard warning flasher if

it is crowded with other vehicles.• If the parking lot is small, slowly drive

more nearer to the parking space.• The search for a parking space will be

completed only when there is enoughspace for the vehicle to move to park.

✽✽ NOTICE• When searching for a parking space,

the system may not be able to find aparking space if there is no vehicleparked, a parking space is availableafter driving by or a parking space isavailable before driving by.

• The system may not operate normallyin the following conditions:(1) When the sensors are frozen(2) When the sensors are dirty(3) When it snows or rains heavily(4) When a pillar or object is near

✽✽ NOTICESlowly drive forward maintaining thedistance of approximately 50cm ~150cm (19.6in.~59.0in.) with the parkedvehicles. If not within the distance, thesystem may not be able to search for aparking space.

OVF041117

CAUTIONAfter searching for a parking spaceis completed, continue using thesystem after checking the sur-rounding area.

CAUTIONWhile using the Smart ParkingAssist System if the Auto Hold acti-vates the above message willappear. Turn the Auto Hold opera-tion off. When you cancel the AutoHold operation by depressing theaccelerator pedal, always check thesurrounding area near your vehicle.

OLM041273

50~150 cm


904

4. Search complete While driving forward to search for aparking space, the above message willappear with a beep sound if the search iscomplete. Stop the vehicle and shift tothe R (Reverse) position.

5. Steering wheel control• The above message will appear if the

shift lever is in R (Reverse). The steer-ing wheel will be controlled automati-cally.

• The system will be cancelled if youfirmly hold the steering wheel while it iscontrolled automatically.

• The system will be cancelled if vehiclespeed is over 7km/h(4.3mph).

✽✽ NOTICE• If you do not follow the instructions

provided, you may fail to park yourvehicle.However, if the Parking Assist Systemwarning sound (distance from objectis within 30cm: continuous beep)occurs, slowly drive the vehicle to thereverse direction of the detectedobject after checking the surrounding.

• Always check the surrounding beforedriving your vehicle if the ParkingAssist System warning sound (dis-tance from object is within 30cm: con-tinuous beep) is heard for the object isclose to your vehicle.

CAUTION• Always drive slowly with the

brake pedal applied. • Always check for objects around

your vehicle before driving.• If the vehicle does not move even

though the brake pedal is notdepressed, check the surround-ing before depressing the accel-erator pedal. Be sure not to speedover 7km/h(4.3mph).

CAUTION• Always drive slowly with the

brake pedal applied.• If the parking space is to small

the system may be cancelled atthe Steering wheel control stage.Do not park your vehicle if thespace is too small.

OVF041109



OVF041110

WARNINGDo not put your hands between thesteering wheel while it is beingautomatically controlled.

4 91


To cancel the system while parking Press the Smart Parking Assist Systembutton or turn the steering wheel to theleft or right.

Gear shift while steering wheel controlWhen the above message appears with abeep sound, shift the gear and drive thevehicle with the brake pedal depressed.

OVF041114

OVF041111

WARNINGAlways be careful while parking forother vehicles or pedestrians.

■ Manual transaxle

■ Automatic transaxle

CAUTIONAlways check the surroundingbefore releasing the brake pedal.


924

6. Smart Parking Assist System com-pleted

Complete parking your vehicle accordingto the instructions on the LCD display. Ifrequired, manually control the steeringwheel and complete parking your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEThe brake pedal must be depressed bythe driver while parking your vehicle.

The system may be cancelled in the belowconditions:• Ignoring the gear shift message and

drive the vehicle approximately 150cm(59in).

• The front and rear Parking AssistSystem warning sound (distance fromobject is within 30cm: continuousbeep) is heard at the same time.

• 6 minutes have passed since the vehi-cle has been controlled by the SmartParking Assist System.

• The shift lever is changed to the P(Park) or R (Reverse) position whilesearching for parking space.

Additional instructions(messages)When the Smart Parking Assist Systemis operating, a message may appearregardless of the parking order.The messages will appear according tothe circumstances. Follow the instruc-tions provided while parking your vehiclewith the Smart Parking Assist System.

OVF041112 OVF041113

4 93


✽✽ NOTICE• In the below conditions the system

will be cancelled. Park your vehiclemanually.1. Search for parking space- When the ABS/ESP is activated- When the vehicle speed is over

40km/h (24.8mph)- When you press the Smart Parking

Assist System button (the front andrear Parking Assist System operates)

- When you shift the shift lever to R(Reverse)

2. Steering wheel control- When the ABS/ESP is activated- When the vehicle speed is over

7km/h (4.3 mph)- When you press the Smart Parking

Assist System button (the front andrear Parking Assist System operates)

- When you shift the shift lever to D(Drive) before entering the parkingspace

- When you hold the steering wheelfirmly

System malfunction• If there is a problem with the system,

when the system is turned on, theabove message will appear. Also, theindicator on the button will not light upand a beep sound will be heard 3times.

• If there is a problem with only theSmart Parking Assist System, theParking Assist System will operateafter 2 seconds.If you notice any problem, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

OVF041115


944

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.

Type BThe rearview camera may be turned offby pressing the ON/OFF button when therearview camera is activated.To turn the camera on again, press theON/OFF button again when the ignitionswitch is on and the shift lever in R(Reverse). Also, the camera will turn onautomatically whenever the ignitionswitch is turned off and on again.

✽✽ NOTICEThe warning "Warning ! Check sur-roundings for safety " will appear on therearview display when the rearviewcamera is activated.

OVF041101

OVF041106

■ Type BOVF041102

■ Type A

Rear view display

Rear view display

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsibili-ty of the driver to always check theinside/outside rearview mirror andthe area behind the vehicle beforeand while backing up becausethere is a dead zone that cannotbe seen through the camera.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If the lens is covered withforeign matter, the camera maynot operate normally.

4 95


The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OVF061001


964

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Headlight (Headlamp) escortfunction (if equipped)The headlights (and/or taillights) remainon for approximately 20 minutes after theignition key is removed or turned to theACC or LOCK position. However, if thedriver’s door is opened and closed, theheadlights are turned off after 30 sec-onds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter or smart key twice or turning off thelight switch from the headlight or Autolight position.

Headlight (Headlamp) welcomefunction (if equipped)When the headlight switch is in the ON orAUTO position and all doors (and tail-gate) are closed and locked, if you pressthe door unlock button on the transmitteror smart key, the headlights will come onfor about 15 seconds.If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the function can only operate atnight.At this time, if you press the door unlockbutton again or door lock button on thetransmitter or smart key, the headlightswill turn off immediately.

LIGHTING

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except dri-ver’s door), the battery saver func-tion does not operate and the head-light escort function does not turnoff automatically. Therefore, it caus-es the battery to be discharged. Inthis case, make sure to turn off thelamp before getting out of the vehi-cle.

4 97


Smart cornering light While driving the corner, for your sightand safety, the smart cornering lightturns on automatically. The system willoperate automatically as follows:• When vehicle speed is under 10km/h

and steering wheel angle approximate-ly 80 degrees.

• When vehicle speed is over 10km/hand steering wheel angle approximate-ly 35 degrees.

• When the vehicle is at a standstill.• When moving rearwards with one of

the above conditions satisfied the lightswill light up the opposite direction.

• The smart corning light will operateonly when the light switch is in theAUTO position. (vehicles equipped withAFLS)

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Auto light position (if equipped)(3) Parking light position(4) Headlight position

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position, the tail, position, licenseand instrument panel lights are ON.

OVF041120 OVF041122


984

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition the head, tail, position, licenseand instrument panel lights are ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Auto light/AFLS position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.If your vehicle is equipped with the adap-tive front lighting system (AFLS), it willalso operate when the headlamp is ON.

OVF041123

CAUTION• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the instru-ment panel, this will ensure betterauto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on thefront windshield, the Auto lightsystem may not work properly.

OVF041121

4 99


Traffic change (for Europe) (vehicle’s equipped with AFLS)Use this function when you visit a coun-try with opposite traffic direction.Follow the below procedure.1. Stop the vehicle with the engine run-

ning.2. Change the switch from the park light

( ) position to the headlight position( ) 10 times within 15 seconds.

3. A beep sound will be heard 3 times tonotify you the change has been madesuccessfully.

4. To cancel the change, follow the aboveprocedure again.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the traffic change function is acti-

vated, a beep sound will be heard 3times.

• If the engine is turned off with thetraffic change function activated, andthe engine turned on again, a beepsound will be heard 3 times. It is tonotify the driver the function is acti-vated.

• If the traffic change is activated whenyou visit a country with opposite traf-fic direction, it will decrease the dazzleon oncoming vehicle drivers.

High - beam operation 1. Turn the light switch to the headlight

position.2. Push the lever away from you.

✽✽ NOTICE• The high-beam indicator will light

when the headlight high beams areswitched on.

• To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on fora prolonged time while the engine isnot running.

WARNINGDo not use high beam when thereare other vehicles. Using highbeam could obstruct the other dri-ver's vision.

OVF041128


1004

Flashing headlights Pull the lever towards you. It will return tothe normal position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for the turnsignals to function. To turn on the turn sig-nals, move the lever up or down (A). Greenarrow indicators on the instrument panelindicate which turn signal is operating.They will self-cancel after a turn is com-pleted. If the indicator continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever tothe OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turn sig-nal lever slightly and hold it in position (B).The lever will return to the OFF positionwhen released.If an indicator stays on and does not flashor if it flashes abnormally, one of the turnsignal bulbs may be burned out and willrequire replacement.

One-touch lane change function (if equipped)To activate an one-touch lane changefunction, move the turn signal leverslightly and then release it. The lanechange signals will blink 3 times.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the cir-cuit.

OVF041127OVF041126

4 101


Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow, etc.The fog lights will turn on when:1. Park light is on.2. The front fog light switch is on.

Rear fog light (if equipped) To turn on the rear fog lights do one ofthe following:• Position the light switch in the headlight

position and then turn on the rear foglight switch.

• Turn on the front fog light(if equipped)and then turn on the rear fog light switch.

To turn the rear fog lights off, do one ofthe following:• Turn off the headlight switch.• Turn off the rear fog light switch.

✽✽ NOTICETo turn on the rear fog light switch, theignition switch must be in the ON position.

OVF041124

OVF041125

OVF041129

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.


1024

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will turn off the dedicat-ed lamp when:1. The parklight or headlight (low beam)

switch is ON.2. The engine is OFF.

Headlight leveling device (if equipped)Manual typeTo adjust the headlight beam levelaccording to the number of the passen-gers and the loading weight in the lug-gage area, turn the beam leveling switch.

The higher the number of the switch ispositioned, the lower the headlight beamlevel. Always keep the headlight beam atthe proper leveling position, or headlightsmay dazzle other road users.Listed below are the examples of properswitch settings. For loading conditionsother than those listed below, adjust theswitch position so that the beam levelmay be the nearest as the conditionobtained according to the list.

OVF041130Loading condition Switch position

Driver only 0

Driver + Front passenger 0

Full passengers (including driver)

1

Full passengers (includingdriver) + Maximum permis-sible loading

2

Driver + Maximum permis-sible loading

3

4 103


Automatic typeIt automatically adjusts the headlightbeam level according to the number ofpassengers and loading weight in theluggage area.And it offers proper headlight beamunder various conditions.

AFLS (Adaptive Front LightingSystem) (if equipped)Adaptive front lighting system uses thesteering angle and vehicle speed, tokeep your field of vision wide by swivelingand leveling the headlamp.Change the switch to the AUTO positionwhen the engine is running. The adaptivefront lighting system will operate whenthe headlamp is ON. To turn off theAFLS, change the switch to other posi-tions. After turning the AFLS off, head-lamp swiveling no longer occurs, but lev-eling operates continuously.

If the AFLS malfunction indicator comeson, the AFLS is not working properly.Drive to the nearest safe location andrestart the engine. If the indicator contin-uously remains on, take your vehicle toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.

OVF041132

■ Type A

OVF041123

■ Type B

WARNINGIf it does not work properly eventhough your car is inclined back-ward according to passenger'sposture, or the headlight beam isirradiated to the high or low posi-tion, have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the wiring yourself.


1044

A : Wiper speed control (front)· / MIST – Single wipe· O / OFF – Off· --- / INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe· 1 / LO– Low wiper speed· 2 / HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe timeadjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

D : Rear wiper/washer control· / ON – Continuous wipe· --- / INT – Intermittent wipe

(if equipped)· O / OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)* : if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer

OXM049230L/OXM049231L/OAM049048L/OAM049048N

■ Type A ■ Type A

■ Type B ■ Type B

4 105


Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.

/ MIST : For a single wiping cycle,move the lever to this ( /MIST) position and releaseit. The wipers will operatecontinuously if the lever isheld in this position.

O / OFF : Wiper is not in operation --- / INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Usethis mode in light rain or mist.To vary the speed setting, turnthe speed control knob.

1 / LO : Normal wiper speed 2 / HI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

Auto control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windshield glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates. Whenthe rain stops, the wiper stops.

To vary the speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).If the wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, the wiperwill operate once to perform a self-checkof the system. Set the wiper to OFF posi-tion when the wiper is not in use.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ON andthe windshield wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windshield glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindshield glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-shield glass.

OEL049900

OXM049123

■ Type A

■ Type B

Rain sensor

Rain sensor


1064

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the OFF position tostop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode while washing the vehicle. Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of the pas-senger side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the OFFposition. Otherwise, wipers mayoperate and ice may damage thewindshield wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windshield properly prior tooperating the windshield wipers.

OXM049048E

OAM049102N

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windshield and obscure yourvision.

4 107


Headlight washer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the head-light washer it will operate at the sametime when you operate the windshieldwasher. It will operate when the headlightswitch is in the first or second positionand the ignition switch or enginestart/stop button is in the ON position.The washer fluid will be sprayed on to theheadlights.

✽✽ NOTICECheck the headlight washers periodical-ly to confirm that the washer fluid isbeing sprayed properly onto the head-light lenses.

Rear window wiper and washerswitch The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto the desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

/ ON - Normal wiper operation--- / INT - Intermittent wiper operation

(if equipped) O / OFF - Wiper is not in operation

Push the lever away from you to sprayrear washer fluid and to run the rearwipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiperoperation will continue until you releasethe lever. (if equipped)

OXM049103E

OAM049103N

■ Type A

■ Type BOXM049125L

OXM049125

■ Type A

■ Type B


1084

Interior lamp AUTO cut• When all entrances are closed, if you

lock the vehicle by using the transmit-ter or the smart key, all interior lampwill be off within 5 seconds.

• If you do not operate anything in thevehicle after turning off the engine, thelights will turn off after 20 minutes.

Map lamp Press the lens (1) to turn the map lampon or off• : The map lamp and room lamp

stays on at all times.• :

- The map lamp and room lamp comeson when a door is opened. The lampsgo out after approximately 30 sec-onds.

- The map lamp and room lamp comeson for approximately 30 seconds whendoors are unlocked with a transmitteror smart key as long as the doors arenot opened.

- The map lamp and room lamp will stayon for approximately 20 minutes if adoor is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or LOCK/OFF position.

- The map lamp and room lamp willstay on continuously if the door isopened with the ignition switch in theON position.

- The map lamp and room lamp will goout immediately if the ignition switchis changed to the ON position or alldoors are locked.

• : The lamps are off even if a dooris opened.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the lamp is turned on by pressingthe lens (1), the lamp does not turn offeven if the switch (2) is in the OFF posi-tion.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OVF041133

WARNINGDo not use the interior lights whendriving in the dark. Accidents couldhappen because the view may beobscured by interior lights.

4 109


Room lamp Press the button to turn the light on or off.

Vanity mirror lampOpening the cover of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror lamp.

Luggage room lamp The luggage room lamp comes on whenthe tailgate is opened.

OHG040128 OVF041135

OHG040124

■ Type BOVF041134

■ Type A


1104

Glove box lamp The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.

Escort welcome (if equipped)When the headlight(light switch in theheadlight or AUTO position) is on and alldoors (and tailgate) are locked andclosed, the headlight, position light andtail light will come on for 15 seconds ifany of the below is performed.• Without smart key system

- When the door unlock button ispressed on the transmitter.

• With the smart key system- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lock but-ton (on the transmitter or smart key), thelights will turn off immediately.

Interior light When the interior light switch is in theDOOR position and all doors (and tail-gate) are locked and closed, the roomlamp and foot lamp (if equipped) willcome on for 30 seconds if any of thebelow is performed.• Without smart key system

- When the door unlock button ispressed on the transmitter.

• With the smart key system- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.- When the button of the outside door

handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock but-ton, the lamps will turn off immediately.

OVF041136

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

4 111


✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion. Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while engine is running.• To activate the rear window defroster,

press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switchpanel. The indicator on the rear win-dow defroster button illuminates whenthe defroster is ON.

• To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

✽✽ NOTICE• If there is heavy accumulation of snow

on the rear window, brush it off beforeoperating the rear defroster.

• The rear window defroster automati-cally turns off after approximately 20minutes or when the ignition switch isturned off.

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)The outside mirror defroster will operateat the same time you turn on the rearwindow defroster.

Front wiper deicer (if equipped)The front wiper deicer will operate at thesame time you turn on the rear windowdefroster.

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OVF041140


1124

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF041142

1. Fan speed control switch2. Air conditioning button 3. OFF button4. Mode selection knob5. MAX A/C selection button 6. Air intake control button7. Temperature control switch

4 113


Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling:- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

OVF041146/OVF041144

Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls the direction of the airflow in the vehicle.Turn the knob to select the desired mode.


1144

Face-Level (B, D, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

-

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

MAX A/C-Level The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

OVF041145

4 115


Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control switch allowsyou to control the temperature of the air-flow in the vehicle.To change the temperature:• Press the ▲ (red) switch to increase

temperature.• Press the ▼ (blue) switch to decrease

temperature.

Air intake control The air intake control is used to selectthe outside (fresh) air position or recircu-lated air position.To change the air intake control position,press the control button.

OVF041147

OVF041143 OVF041148

■ Front

OVF041174

■ Rear


1164

Recirculated air position With the recirculatedair position selected,air from the passengercompartment will bedrawn through theheating system andheated or cooledaccording to the func-tion selected.

Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh)air position selected,air enters the vehiclefrom outside and isheated or cooledaccording to the func-tion selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause foggingof the windshield and side windows andthe air within the passenger compart-ment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

WARNING• The continuous use of recirculat-

ed air in the climate control sys-tem may increase humidity insidethe vehicle, causing the glass tofog and obscuring visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• The continuous use of recirculat-ed air in the climate control sys-tem can produce drowsiness orsleepiness, which may result in aloss of vehicle control. Set the airintake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

4 117


Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control switch allows youto control the fan speed of the airflow inthe vehicle.

To change the fan speed:• Press the switch to increase fan

speed.• Press the switch to decrease fan

speed.

To turn off the fan speed, press the OFFbutton.

Air conditioning (if equipped) Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the airclimate control system. However, you canstill operate the air intake buttons as longas the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

OVF041187 OVF041164OVF041149


1184

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode

to the or position.

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the vehicle through the venti-lation system, temporarily set the airintake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the lowesttemperature, press the MAX A/C posi-tion selection button, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

4 119


✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• Use air conditioning to reduce humidi-ty and moisture inside the vehicle onrainy or humid days.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.


1204

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

4 121


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF041150/OVF041151

1. Driver's temperature control button2. Front windshield defroster button3. Air conditioning button4. Mode selection button5. Fan speed control knob6. AUTO (automatic control) button7. OFF button8. Dual temperature control selection

button9. Air intake control button10. Climate control information screen

selection button11. Passenger's temperature control

button12. Climate control display

■■ Type A (Vehicle equipped with audio system)

■■ Type B (Vehicle equipped with AVN system)


1224

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows:

1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby setting the temperature.

2. Set the temperature to the desiredtemperature.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button of the following:• Mode selection button• Front windshield defroster button• Fan speed control knob The selected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 22°C/71°F (23°C/73°F-Except Europe).

✽✽ NOTICEPlacing any object over the sensor onthe instrument panel may interfere withthe heating and cooling system.

OVF041153OVF041152

4 123


Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pressing buttonsor turning knob(s) other than the AUTObutton. In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons or knob(s) selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling:- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

OVF041146/OVF041154

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls the direction of the airflow in the vehicle.If you push the button once, the corresponding switch will turn on, and if you push thebutton again, the switch will turn off.


1244

Face-Level (B, D, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield.

Also you may select 2~3 modes at thesame time.- face ( ) + floor ( ) mode- face ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- floor ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- face ( ) + floor ( ) + defrost ( )

mode

Maximum (MAX) defrost mode When you select the MAX defrost mode,the following system will set automatically:• The air conditioning system will be turn

on.• The outside(fresh) air position will be

selected.• The fan speed will set to the high

speed.

To turn the MAX defrost mode off, pressthe mode button or MAX defrost buttonagain or AUTO button.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

OVF041155

OVF041174

■ RearOVF041147

■ Front

4 125


Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HIGH) by holding the ▲ but-ton.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (LOW) by holding the ▼ button.The temperature will increase ordecrease by 0.5°C/1°F. When set to thelowest temperature, the air conditioningwill operate continuously.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate the

driver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Also, if the passenger sidetemperature control button is operat-ed, it will automatically change to theDUAL mode as well.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol to adjust the driver side tem-perature. Operate the passenger sidetemperature control to adjust the pas-senger side temperature.

When the driver side temperature is setto the highest (HIGH) or lowest (LOW)temperature, the DUAL mode deacti-vates for maximum heating or cooling.

OVF041156

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OVF041157



1264

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-

tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame temperature as the driver side.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol button. The driver and passen-ger side temperature will be adjustedequally.

Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature modebetween Centigrade to Fahrenheit asfollows:While pressing the OFF button, press theAUTO button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Centigradeto Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit toCentigrade.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Centigrade.

• Vehicle's equipped with AVN systemrefer to the navigation manual pro-vided separately.

OVF041158

4 127


Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.


OVF041159

■■■■ TTTTyyyyppppeeee AAAA■ Type A

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type B


1284

Fan speed controlThe fan speed control knob allows youto control the fan speed of the airflow inthe vehicle.To change the fan speed:• Turn the knob to the right (+) to

increase fan speed.• Turn the knob to the left (-) to decrease

fan speed.

To turn off the fan speed, press the OFFbutton.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OVF041160

■ Type B

OVF041161

■ Type A

WARNING• The continuous use of recirculat-

ed air in the climate control sys-tem may increase humidity insidethe vehicle, causing the glass tofog and obscuring visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• The continuous use of recirculat-ed air in the climate control sys-tem can produce drowsiness orsleepiness, which may result in aloss of vehicle control. Set the airintake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

4 129


OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the airclimate control system. However, you canstill operate the air intake buttons as longas the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Climate information screen selection(for type B)Press the climate information screenselection button to display climate infor-mation on the screen.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside



desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode

to the or position.

OVF041162 OVF041163


1304

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the vehicle through the venti-lation system, temporarily set the airintake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.

4 131


Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• Use air conditioning to reduce humidi-ty and moisture inside the vehicle onrainy or humid days.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


1324

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

4 133


• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the hottest positionand the fan speed control to the high-est speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically. If the position isselected, air conditioning (if equipped)will also be selected automatically.

If the air conditioning and/or outside(fresh) air position are not selected auto-matically, press the corresponding buttonmanually.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the position duringcooling operation in extremelyhumid weather. The differencebetween the temperature of the out-side air and the windshield couldcause the outer surface of thewindshield to fog up, causing lossof visibility. In this case, set themode selection to the positionand fan speed control to the lowerspeed.

OVF041165


1344

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the hottest

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the button.4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient tem-perature and outside (fresh) air posi-tion will be selected automatically.

If the air conditioning is not selectedautomatically, adjust the correspondingbutton manually. If the position isselected, lower fan speed is adjusted to ahigher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the hottest

(HIGH) position.3. Press the button.4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

OVF041165 OVF041166

■ Type A

■ Type B

OVF041167

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 135


Auto defogging system (Only for automatic climate controlsystem, if equipped)Auto defogging reduces the possibility offogging up the inside of the windshield byautomatically sensing the moisture ofinside the windshield.The auto defogging system operateswhen the AUTO mode is on.

This indicator illuminateswhen the auto defoggingsystem senses the moistureof inside the windshield andoperates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, highersteps operate as follow.

Step 1 : Operating the air conditioning Step 2 : Outside air positionStep 3 : Blowing air flow toward the wind-

shieldStep 4 : Increasing air flow toward the

windshield

If your vehicle is equipped with the autodefogging system, it is automatically acti-vated when the conditions are met.However, if you would like to cancel theauto defogging system, press the frontdefroster button 4 times within 2 secondswhile pressing the AUTO button. Theindicator will blink 3 times to notify youthat the system is cancelled. To use theauto defogging system again, follow theprocedures mentioned above.If the battery has been disconnected ordischarged, it resets to the auto defog-ging status.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the A/C off is manually selected whilethe auto defogging system is on, the autodefogging indicator will blink 3 times togive notice that the A/C off can not beselected.

OVF041170

CAUTIONDo not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to the system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.


1364

Center console storageTo open the center console storage, pushthe lever (1) and then lift up the cover.

Glove box The glove box can be locked andunlocked with a key. (1)To open the glove box, push the button(2) and the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

OVF041171 OVF041172

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

CAUTIONDo not keep food in the glove boxfor a long time.

4 137


Cool box (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems cool in the glove box.1. Turn on the air conditioning.2. Slide the open/close lever (1) of the

vent installed in the glove box to theopen position.

3. When the cool box is not used, slidethe lever (1) to the closed position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf some items in the cool box block thevent, the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced.

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open. Placeyour sunglasses in the compartment doorwith the lenses facing out. Push to close.

OVF041173

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a suddenstop or an accident, possibly injur-ing the passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglasses holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehicle canbe blocked by an open sunglassholder.

OVF041175

WARNINGDo not put perishable food in thecool box because it may not main-tain the necessary consistent tem-perature to keep the food fresh.


1384

Luggage trayYou can place a first aid kit, a reflector tri-angle (front tray), tools, etc. in the box foreasy access.• Grasp the handle on the top of the

cover and lift it.

Luggage side trayThe luggage side tray can be used forstoring small items.• To open the cover, pull up the handle

and lift the cover.

Luggage side partition

✽✽ NOTICEThe luggage side partitions can beremoved to store long items in the lug-gage compartment.

OVF041198

■ Center trayOVF041200

■ Front tray

OVF041199 OVF041211

4 139


Rear seat floor pocket (if equipped)

OVF041210

WARNINGDo not put heavy or sharp objectsin the pockets. In an accident theycould come loose from the pocketand injure vehicle occupants.


1404

Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter:1. Open the cover by pressing the switch.2. Push the lighter all the way into the

socket.When the element has heated, the lighterwill pop out to the "ready" position.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

Ashtray (if equipped)To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OVF041177

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, forexample) may damage the socket orcause electrical failure.

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtray

as a waste receptacle.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

WARNING• Holding the lighter in after it is

heated will cause it to overheat.• If the lighter does not pop out

within 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OVF041205

CAUTIONWhen cleaning spilled liquid, do notdry the cup holder at high tempera-tures. This may damage the chromepart of the cup holder.

4 141


Cup holderCups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

FrontTo use the cup holder, open the cover. (1)

Rear To use the cup holder, pull down the arm-rest. (2)

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OVF031019

■ Rear

OVF041178

■ Front

WARNINGKeep cans and bottles out of directsunlight. Placing them in a hot vehi-cle can cause them to explode.


1424

CAUTION• Use power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Usingthe accessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with the engineoff could cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).The vanity mirror light comes on. (ifequipped)The ticket holder (4) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

■ Front

■ Center

OVF041182/OVF041181/OVF041186

■ Rear (if equipped)

ORBR040085

WARNINGFor your safety, do not block yourview when using the sunvisor.

4 143


Aux, USB and iPod(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

OVF041182

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get electrocuted or firemay occur.


1444

Clothes hanger

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

OED040354

OVF041201

CAUTION• Do not hang heavy clothes, since

those may damage the hook.• Be careful when opening and clos-

ing the doors. Clothes, etc. mayget caught between the door gap.

■■ TType Aype A

■■ TType Bype BOEL049222


WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat tothe vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle’sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached to thevehicle’s floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor matshould be installed in each posi-tion.

IMPORTANT – Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver’s sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal operation,HYUNDAI recommends that onlythe HYUNDAI floor mat designedfor use in your vehicle beinstalled.

4 145


Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the four holders locat-ed in the cargo area to attach the lug-gage net.If necessary, contact your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.

✽✽ NOTICEVehicles equipped with a luggage railsystem may use the shackles to hook theluggage net.

Barrier net (if equipped)When you load cargo on the rear seat orrear cargo area, you must install the bar-rier net behind the front seatback or rearseatback.It is designed to help protect the heads ofthe occupants by preventing objects fromflying forward in frontal collisions.There are four hook holders on both sideof the headliner over the headrests forupper side fixation and on the floorbehind the rear seats for lower side fixa-tion.

OVF041212

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net. ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse the luggage net when the straphas visible signs of wear or dam-age.

OVF041192


1464

WARNING• Do not put passengers in the rear

seat or cargo area behind the bar-rier net.

• Do not put passenger in the rearcenter seat when the barrier netis installed behind the rear seats.The barrier net may interfere withuse of the rear center safety belt.

• Do not load cargo in the areahigher than the barrier net'supper end.

• Do not load heavy cargo in thearea higher than the seatback toavoid accident even if the barriernet is installed.

• Do not load cargo which hassharp edge that can pass throughthe barrier net.

• Do not apply excessive force tothe barrier net by hanging on tothe net or by suspending heavycargo and so on.

To use the barrier net1. Pull up the net by the handle in the

center(1).

2. Open the cover(2).

3. Insert the hook into the large hole(3)until it reaches the very top.

4. Then secure it by sliding it into thesmall hole(4).

5. Hold the hooked side and then with theother hand, hook the other side of thenet.

When the barrier net is not in use :1. Remove the hook by pulling it through

the large holes.2. Slide the net down.

CAUTIONBe careful not the scratch the sidepanel when inserting the hook intothe hole.

OVF041193

4 147


To remove the barrier net1. Press the lock release button(1) locat-

ed at the end of both sides.2. While pressing the button(1), pull out

the barrier net(2).

✽✽ NOTICEThe cargo security screen must beremoved first to remove the barrier net.

Cargo security screen (if equipped) Use the cargo security screen to hideitems stored in the cargo area.

To use the cargo security screen1. Pull the cargo security screen towards

the rear of the vehicle by the handle(1).

2. Insert the guide pin into the guide (2).

✽✽ NOTICEPull out the cargo security screen withthe handle in the center to prevent theguide pin from falling out of the guide.

OVF041194 OVF041195 OVF041196


1484

When the cargo security screen is not inuse:1. Push down the center of the cargo

security screen (approximately 70degree).

2. The cargo security screen will auto-matically slide back in.

✽✽ NOTICEThe cargo security screen may not auto-matically slide back in if the cargo secu-rity screen is not fully pulled out. Fullypull it out and then let go.

To remove the cargo security screen1. Push in the guide pin(1).2. Push the lever (2) towards the rear of

the vehicle.3. While pushing the lever, pull out the

cargo security screen (3).

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight as for-ward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed, donot put luggage on it when it isused.

OVF041197

4 149


Luggage rail systemThe luggage rail system may prevent theluggage from sliding around in the lug-gage compartment.

Build in segmentation bar• Put both pillars (A) from the segmenta-

tion bar in the openings from the rail.• To move the segmentation bar, put

your hand on the side of the pillar andpush down the lever arm (B).

• Make sure the pillars click into place.• To release the belt, turn the upper ele-

ment (C) to the left (1) or right until itclicks.

• Now you can pull the belt (D) andsecure your luggage by putting the beltaround the luggage and put the hook(E) into the middle of the segmentationbar (F).

• For bulky luggage, you can hook bothhooks into each other.

• To make sure the belt locks, put theupper element (C) back into the lockposition (1).

OVF041191

CAUTION• The segmentation bar must be

mounted and demounted withboth pillars simultaneously.

• Max. load: 30 kg with one belt40 kg with two belts


1504

Applying the shackle on the guiderail• Put the shackle (A) in the position

where the shackle is put in the rail (3).• To move the shackle, press the button

(1) and move the shackle along therail.

• Make sure the shackle is clicked intoplace.

• To fix the luggage, pull up the hook (2)in the middle cargo bay.

• Now you can mount e.g. belt to fix theluggage in the hook.

• The shackle cannot be used in theposition where the shackle is put inand out of the rail (3).

OVF041189

A

CAUTIONTensile force : max. 150 kgf. for

1 shackle

4 151


Mounting bracket for roof carrierTo install or remove a roof carrier, youcan use the mounting bracket and coveron the roof.When you install a roof carrier, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool(flat blade driver) into

the slot and pry open the cover.

2. After using the roof carrier, install thecover back on the roof in the reverseorder.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,be sure not to position cargo onto theroof in such a way that it could interferewith sunroof operation.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

OVF041207 OVF041208

WARNING Use a coin or flat blade driver whenyou remove the roof carrier cover.If you use your fingernail, it maydamage your fingernail.

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof,

take the necessary precautions tomake sure the cargo does notdamage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof, make sure they do notexceed the overall roof length orwidth.

WARNING • The vehicle center of gravity will

be higher when items are loadedonto the roof. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt maneuvers or high speedsthat may result in loss of vehiclecontrol or rollover resulting in anaccident.

• Always drive slowly and turn cor-ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof. Severe windupdrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof. Thisis especially true when carryinglarge, flat items such as woodpanels or mattresses. This couldcause the items to fall off the roofand cause damage to your vehi-cle or others around you.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driving tomake sure the items on the roofare securely fastened.

4 152


4 153


✽✽ NOTICEIf you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-ic device may malfunction.

AntennaRoof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance or a car wash,remove the antenna by rotating itcounterclockwise. If not, theantenna may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened and adjusted to the uprightposition to ensure proper recep-tion. But it could be removedwhen parking the vehicle or whenloading cargo on the roof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OTA040097


1544

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

MODE (1)Press the button to select Radio or CD(compact disc).

VOL (+ / -) (2)• Push up the lever to increase volume.• Push down the lever to decrease vol-

ume.

SEEK ( / ) (3)The SEEK/PRESET button has differentfunctions base on the system mode. Forthe following functions the button shouldbe pressed for 0.8 seconds or more.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons are described in the followingpages in this section.

CAUTIONDo not operate the audio remotecontrol buttons simultaneously.

OVF041183

4 155


How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your vehicle.This signalis then received by the radio and sent toyour vehicle speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station.Also, FM signals are easily affected bybuildings, mountains, or other obstruc-tions.These can result in certain listeningconditions which might lead you tobelieve a problem exists with your radio.The following conditions are normal anddo not indicate radio trouble:

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002

FM radio reception AM radio reception

JBM003

FM radio station


1564

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004 JBM005

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phone whiledriving. Stop at a safe location touse a cellular phone.

4 157


Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventila-tion before using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure objects other than CDs arenot inserted into the CD player (Do notinsert more than one CD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.


1584

VF_AC100DFG_GEN / VF_AC600DFG_GEN

■■ CD Player : AC100DFG/AC110DFG ■■ CD Changer : AC600DFG/AC610DFG

❋There will be no logo if the Bluetooth® feature is not supported.

4 159


Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUMEand AUDIO CONTROL

1. ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

2. ButtonPressing the button selects theAM band. AM Mode is displayed on theLCD.

3. Button• When the button is pressed,

it increases the band frequency toautomatically select channel. Stops atthe previous frequency if no channel isfound.

• When the button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency to auto-matically select channel. Stops at theprevious frequency if no channel isfound.

4. Button & Knob

• Turns the audio system on/off whenthe ignition switch is on ACC or ON.

• If the knob is turned clockwise/counter-clockwise, the volume will increase/decrease.

5. PRESET Buttons• Press ~ buttons less

than 0.8 seconds to play the stationsaved in each button.

• Press ~button morethan 0.8 seconds or longer to save thecurrent station to the respective buttonwith a beep.

61

61

VOLPOWER

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEK

AM

AM

FM

VF_GEN_RADIOVF_GEN_RADIO

VF_GEN_RADIO


1604

6. Button (AUTO STORE)When the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons

~ and plays the channelsaved in PRESET1. If no channel issaved after AST, it will play the previouschannel.• Saves only to the Preset memory

(1)~(6) of FMA or AMA mode in somemodels.

7. ButtonTurns the LCD Display & BacklightON/OFF when button ispressed.

8. ButtonPress the button to convert toSetup Mode. In the Setup Mode screen,select the mode you want to set bypressing the knob. Press button to enter detailed setup mode. TheSetup Mode screens are each differentaccording to the Bluetooth, External Ampoption selections.

• SCROLLThis function is used to display charac-ters longer than the LCD text display andcan be turned On/Off through the soundquality control knob.

• SDVC (Speed Dependent VolumeControl)

This function automatically adjusts thevolume level according to the speed ofthe vehicle and can be turned On/Offthrough the sound quality control knob.

ENTERTUNE

SETUP

SETUP

DARK

DARK

61

AST

VF_GEN_RADIO VF_GEN_RADIO

4 161


• MEDIASelect default display of MP3 play infor-mation. “Folder/File” or “Artist/Title” canbe selected.

• Return( )This function displays the previousMODE screen.

• CLOCKSelect this item to enter CLOCK setupmode.Adjust the hour and press the button to set. Adjust the minute andpress the button to completeand exit from clock adjustment mode.Pressing the button more than0.8 seconds while in power off, screenwill allow the user to make immediatelyadjustments to the clock.

• PHONE (if equipped)Select this item to enter PHONE setupmode. Refer to “BLUETOOTH PHONEOPERATION” section for detailed infor-mation.❈ “PHONE” menu is not available if the

audio does not support Bluetooth fea-tures.

9. & KnobWithin the screen displayed after firstpressing the knob, turn the

knob to select the mode.The modes will change in order of BASS↔ MIDDLE ↔ TREBLE ↔ FADER ↔BALANCE.

• BASS ControlPress and turn the knobto adjust the bass setting. In this state,turn the knob clockwise toincrease the bass and counter-clockwiseto decrease the bass. (Based on bassfrequency band, the range of adjustmentis max +10/min-10.)BASS -1 BASS 0 → BASS +1

→

TUNE

TUNEBASS

TUNETUNE

AUDIOTUNE

SETUP

ENTER

ENTER

VF_GEN_RADIO


1624

• MIDDLE ControlPress and turn the knobto adjust the middle setting. In this state,turn the knob clockwise toincrease the middle and counter-clock-wise to decrease the middle. (Based onmiddle frequency band, the range ofadjustment is max +10/min-10.)MIDDLE -1 MIDDLE 0 → MIDDLE +1

• TREBLE ControlPress and turn the knobto adjust the treble setting. In this state,turn the knob clockwise toincrease the treble and counter-clock-wise to decrease the treble. (Based ontreble frequency band, the range ofadjustment is max +10/min-10.)TREBLE -1 TREBLE → TREBLE

• FADER ControlPress and turn the knobclockwise and counter-clockwise toadjust the front/rear volume levels. In thisstate, turn the knob clockwise toincrease the front speaker volume andcounter-clockwise to increase the rearspeaker volume. (The front/rear can eachbe adjusted to F=10/R=10.)FADER F=1 FADER F=R → FADERR=1

• BALANCE ControlPress and turn the knob to adjust the left/right volume set-ting. In this state, turn the knobclockwise to decrease the left speakervolume and counter-clockwise todecrease the right speaker volume.(The left/right can each be adjusted toL=10/R=10.)

TUNE

TUNEBALANCE

→

TUNE

TUNEFADER

→

TUNE

TUNETRBLE

→

TUNE

TUNEMIDDLE

4 163


Using CD Player

1. Button If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode. Ifno CD, it displays “No Media” for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. Button• Push button for less than 0.8

second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push button for less than 0.8second and press again within 1 sec-onds to play the previous song.

• Push button for 0.8 or longerto initiate reverse direction high speedsound search of current song.

• Push button for less than 0.8second to play the next song.

• Push button for 0.8 or longerto initiate high speed sound search ofcurrent song.

3. Button (RANDOM)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate ‘RDM’ mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate ‘ALL RDM’mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in random sequence.• ALL RDM (MP3/WMA Only) : All files in

a disc are played back in randomsequence.

1

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

CD

VF_GEN_CD

VF_AC100DFG_CDP

VF_AC600DFG_CDC


1644

4. Button (REPEAT)Press this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RPT’ mode and more than 0.8seconds to activate ‘FLD.RPT’ mode.• RPT : Only a track(file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD.RPT (MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

5. Button (SCAN)Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds.To cancel SCAN Play, press this buttonagain.

6. DISC Button (CD changer :AC600 DFG/AC610DFG)

• Preset button changes disc tothe previous disc.

• Preset button changes disc tothe next disc.

7. ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK(FILE) as below when thebutton is pressed each time.• Audio CD : Disc Title, Disc Artist, Track

Title, Track Artist, Total Track• MP3 CD : File Name, Title, Artist,

Album, Folder, Total File(not displayed if the information is notavailable on the DISC.)

8. Button• Press button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press knob to move to the folder displayed. It will play the first song inthe folder.

• Press button to move toparent folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press knob to move to the fold-er displayed.

9. Knob & ButtonTurn this knob clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn this knob counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

ENTERTUNE

TUNE

FOLDER

TUNE

FOLDER

FOLDER

INFO

4

3

5

2

VF_GEN_CD

4 165


10. CD Eject ButtonPush button for less than 0.8seconds to eject the CD during CD play-back. This button is enabled when igni-tion switch is off.• ALL EJECT (CD Changer :

AC600DFG/ AC610DFG)Press this button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to eject all discs inside the deck inrespective order.

11. CD Slot• Insert a CD with the label side up and

gently push in. When the ignitionswitch is in ACC or ON and audiopower off, audio power will automati-cally turn on if a CD is loaded.

• This CDP supports only 12cm CD.• If VCD, Data CD are loaded, "Reading

Error" message will appear and CD willbe ejected.

12. CD Indicator icon (CD Player :AC100DFDG/AC110DFG)

When car ignition switch is in ACC or ONand if a CD is loaded, this indicator iconis on. If the CD is ejected the icon is off.

13. Button (CD Changer :AC600DFDG/AC610DFG)

Push button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks. The last CD willplay. 10 seconds idle status will disableloading process.

LOADLOAD

LOAD

VF_AC100DFG_CDP

VF_AC600DFG_CDC CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator islit.


1664

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :1. Song playing order : to

sequentially.

2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.

4 167


Using USB device

1. Button (USB)If USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the other mode to playthe song files stored in the USB. If no CDand auxiliary device is not connected, itdisplays "No Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

2. Button• Press the button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.

• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds and press it againwithin 1 second to move to and playthe previous song.

• Press the button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to play the song inreverse direction in fast speed.

• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nextsong.

• Press the button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to play the song in for-ward direction in fast speed

3. Button (RANDOM)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate ‘RDM’ mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate ‘A.RDM’mode.• RDM : Only files in a folder are played

back in random sequence.• A.RDM : All files in a USB memory are

played back in random sequence.

4. Button (REPEAT)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate ‘RPT’ mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate ‘FLD.RPT’mode.• RPT : Only a current file is repeatedly

played back.• ‘FLD.RPT’ : All files in a folder are

repeatedly played back.

5. Button (SCAN)Plays each song in the USB device for10 seconds. To cancel SCAN play, pressthis button again.

5

2

1

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

AUX

VF_GEN_USB

VF_GEN_USB


1684

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of File Name,Title, Artist, Album, Folder, Total File,Normal Display.(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)


child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press knob to move to thefolder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press button to move toparent folder display the first song inthe folder.Press knob to move to thefolder displayed.

8. Knob & ButtonTurn this knob clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn this knob counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

ENTERTUNE

TUNE

FOLDER

TUNE

FOLDER

FOLDERINFO

VF_GEN_USB VF_GEN_USB

4 169


CAUTION IN USING USBDEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up the vehi-cle. Connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the engine when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USBflashdrives are very sensitive toelectric shock.)

• If the engine is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static elec-tricity when connecting or dis-connecting the external USBdevice.

(Continued)

(Continued)• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not

recognizable.• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB device isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in con-tact with the human body or otherobjects.

• If you repeatedly connect or dis-connect the USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You may hear a strange noisewhen connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you disconnect the external

USB device during playback inUSB mode, the external USBdevice can be damaged or maymalfunction. Therefore, discon-nect the external USB devicewhen the audio is turned off or inanother mode. (e.g, Radio or CD)

• Depending on the type andcapacity of the external USBdevice or the type of the filesstored in the device, there is a dif-ference in the time taken forrecognition of the device.

• Do not use the USB device forpurposes other than playingmusic files.

• Playing videos through the USBis not supported.

• Use of USB accessories such asrechargers or heaters using USBI/F may lower performance orcause trouble.

(Continued)


1704

(Continued)• If you use devices such as a USB

hub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device. In thatcase, connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

• If the USB device is divided bylogical drives, only the music fileson the highest-priority drive arerecognized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camera canbe unrecognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• Charging through the USB maynot be supported in some mobiledevices.❋❋ A car exclusive cable (provided

or sold separately) is requiredto use the iPod.

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) canbe unrecognizable.

• Some USB flash memory readers(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) orexternal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Music files protected by DRM

(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-MENT) are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this audio.Always back up important data ona personal storage device.

• Please avoid using USB memoryproducts which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plugtype connector products asshown below.

4 171


Using iPod❋ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

1. Button (iPod)If iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.


than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.

• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds and press it againwithin 1 second to move to and playthe previous track.


• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nexttrack.

• Press the button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to play the song in for-ward direction in fast speed.

3. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to shuffle order of all songs incurrent category. (Song Random)

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to shuffle order of albums in cur-rent category. (Album Random)

• To cancel RANDOM Play, press thisbutton again..

4. Button (REPEAT)Repeats the song currently played.

5. Button (MENU) Moves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of iPod’s category is Playlists,Artists, Albums, Genres, Songs,Composers.

TUNE

6

2

1

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

AUX

VF_GEN_iPod

VF_GEN_iPod


1724

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of Title, Artist,Album, Normal Display.(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

7. Knob & ButtonWhen you rotate the knob clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) aheadof the song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you rotate the knob counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.

ENTERTUNEINFO

VF_GEN_iPod VF_GEN_USB

4 173


✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING THEiPod DEVICE

• Some iPod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. Supported iPod models: - iPod Mini- iPod 4th (Photo) ~ 6th(Classic) gen-

eration- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod disabled due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normally onlow battery.

• Some iPod devices, such as theiPhone, can be connected through theBluetooth® interface. The device musthave audio Bluetooth® capability(such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth®). The device can play, butit will not be controlled by the audiosystem.

CAUTION IN USING THEiPod DEVICE

• The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cableis needed in order to operate iPodwith the audio buttons on theaudio system.The USB cable pro-vided by Apple may cause mal-function and should not be usedfor HYUNDAI vehicles.❋❋ The HYUNDAI iPod Power

Cable may be purchasedthrough your HYUNDAIDealership.

• When connecting iPod with theiPod Power Cable, insert the con-nector to the multimedia socketcompletely. If not inserted com-pletely, communications betweeniPod and audio may be interrupt-ed.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof the iPod and the audio system,the sound effects of both deviceswill overlap and might reduce ordistort the quality of the sound.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer

function of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

• When the iPod cable is connect-ed, the system can be switched toAUX mode even without iPoddevice and may cause noise.Disconnect the iPod cable whenyou are not using the iPod device.

• When not using iPod with caraudio, detach the iPod cable fromiPod. Otherwise, iPod may remainin accessory mode, and may notwork properly.

(Continued)


1744

(Continued)

• When connecting the iPod, usethe USB/AUX terminals.

• When disconnecting the iPod,disconnect both the USB/AUX ter-minal.

• The iPod exclusive cable must beconnected to both the USB/AUXterminals for iPod charging andoperations to be supported.

Detachable USB/AUX All-in-one USB/AUX

4 175


BLUETOOTH® PHONE OPERA-TION (if equipped)

1. button : Raises or lowersspeaker volume.

2. button : Places or transfers a call.3. button : Rejects or ends a call.

■ What is Bluetooth®?Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, wirelessremote control, etc. For more informa-tion, visit the Bluetooth® website atwww.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

hands-free and stereo-headset fea-tures.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly.- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playing

music from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

✽✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® features.• Only one selected (connected) cellular

phone can be used with the system ata time.

• Some phones are not fully compatiblewith this system.

• The Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by HYUNDAI is underlicense. A Bluetooth enabled cellphone is required to use Bluetooth®wireless technology.

VOLUME


1764

■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth®-related operations can beperformed in PHONE menu.1) Push the button to enter

SETUP mode.2) Rotate the knob to move the

cursor between items push thebutton to select “Phone”.

3) Rotate the knob to move thecursor between items and push the

button to select a desireditem.

• Pairing a phoneBefore using Bluetooth® features, thephone must be paired (registered) withthe audio system. Up to 5 phones can bepaired with the system.

NOTE:• The pairing procedure of the phone

varies according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

• Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phoneis deleted manually from the audiosystem (refer “Deleting a Phone”section) or the vehicle’s informationis removed from the phone.

1. Press button to enter SETUPmode.

2. Select “PHONE”, then “PAIR” inPHONE menu.

3. The audio displays “searching ----passkey: 0000”

4. Search the Bluetooth® system on yourphone .Your phone should display your[vehicle model name] on theBluetooth® device list. Then attemptpairing on your phone.

NOTE:• If the phone is paired to two or more

vehicles of the same model, i.e. bothvehicles are HYUNDAI i40, somephones may not handle Bluetooth®devices of that name correctly. Inthis case, you may need to changethe name displayed on your phonefrom i40 to i401 and i402.Refer to your phone’s User’s Guide,or contact your cellular carrier orphone manufacturer for instruc-tions.

• Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phoneis deleted manually from the audiosystem (refer “Deleting Phone” sec-tion) or the vehicle’s information isremoved from the phone.

SETUP

ENTER

TUNE

ENTER

TUNE

SETUP

4 177


• Connecting a phoneWhen the Bluetooth® system is enabled,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected and re-connected. If youwant to select different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.1. Press button to enter SETUP

mode.2. Select “PHONE”, then “Select” in

PHONE menu.3. Select desired phone name from the

list shown.

• Changing PriorityIf several phones are paired with theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® system is enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.1. Press button to enter SETUP

mode.2. Select “PHONE”, then “Priority” in

PHONE menu.3. Select desired phone name from the

list shown.

• Deleting a PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phonewith the audio system again, pairingprocedure must be completed oncemore.


2. Select “PHONE”, then “Delete” inPHONE menu.

3. Select desired phone name from thelist shown.

SETUPSETUP

SETUP


1784

• Turning Bluetooth® ON/OFFBluetooth® system can be enabled (ON)or disabled (OFF) by this menu.- If Bluetooth® is disabled, all the com-

mands related to Bluetooth® systemprompts whether you wish to turnBluetooth® ON or not.


2. Select “PHONE”, then “BT Off” inPHONE menu.

■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incoming”message and incoming phone number (if available) are displayed on the audio.• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steeringwheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steeringwheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone(Private

Call):- Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio systemtransfers a call to the phone.

■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Calls”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering

wheel.

■ Making a Phone CallA Call Back can be made by pressing

button on the steering wheel.- This is the same function as using the

button solely on the cellularphone.

NOTE:Some phone models require pressing

button twice to make a call.

SETUP

4 179


✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties.(This is not a malfunction.) Speakalternately with the other party on thephone.

2. Keep the Bluetooth® volume to a lowlevel. High-level volume may result indistortion and echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

■ Bluetooth® Audio MusicStreaming

This audio system supports A2DP (AudioAdvanced Distribution Profile) andAVRCP(Audio Video Remote ControlProfile).Both profiles are available for listening tothe MP3 music via Bluetooth cellularphone supporting above Bluetooth pro-files.To play MP3 music from the Bluetoothcellular phone, press the buttonuntil “MP3 Play” is displayed on the LCD.Then try playing music by phone.When playing music from the Bluetooth cellular phone, the head unit displaysMP3 MODE.

NOTE:• Not only MP3 files, all the sounds that

the phone supports can be heard bythe audio system.

• The Bluetooth cellular phones shallfeature A2DP and AVRCP functions.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetoothcellular phones may not play musicthrough the head unit on first try.Please try the below; i.e : Menu ➟➟ Filemanager ➟➟ Music ➟➟

Option ➟➟ Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User's Guide of your

phone for more.To stop music, try stop playing musicfrom the phone then change the audiomode to other than “MP3 Play” mode(e.g. FM, AM, CD, etc.)

AUX


1804

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® CELLULARPHONE

• Do not use a cellular phone orperform Bluetooth® settings (e.g.pairing a phone) while driving.

• Some Bluetooth®-enabled phonesmay not be recognized by thesystem or fully compatible withthe system.

• Before using Bluetooth® relatedfeatures of the audio system,refer your phone’s User’s Manualfor phone-side Bluetooth® opera-tions.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

related features.• You will not be able to use the

hands-free feature when yourphone (in the car) is outside ofthe cellular service area (e.g. in atunnel, in a underground, in amountainous area, etc.).

• If the cellular phone signal is pooror the vehicles interior noise istoo loud, it may be difficult to hearthe other person’s voice during acall.

(Continued)

(continued)• Do not place the phone near or

inside metallic objects, otherwise communications with Bluetooth®

system or cellular service sta-tions can be disturbed.

• While a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® your phonemay discharge quicker than usualfor additional Bluetooth®-relatedoperations.

• Some cellular phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to audiosystem. In this case, store thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.

• Please save your phone name inEnglish, or your phone name maynot be displayed correctly.

• If Priority is set upon vehicle igni-tion (IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetoothphone will be automatically con-nected. Even if you are outside,the Bluetooth phone will be auto-matically connected once you arein the vicinity of the vehicle.If you do not want automaticBluetooth power off.

(Continued)

(continued)• Bluetooth connection may

become intermittently discon-nected in some mobile phones.Follow the following steps to tryagain.1) Turn the Bluetooth Function

within the mobile phoneON/OFF and try to connectagain.

2) Turn the mobile phone powerON/OFF and try to connectagain.

3) Completely remove the mobilephone battery, reboot, and thentry to connect again.

4) Reboot the Audio and try toconnect again.

5) Delete all paired devices fromthe mobile phone and Audioand re-pair for use.

• The hands-free call volume andquality may differ depending onthe mobile phone.

4 181


VF_AC100DFE_EU / VF_AC600DFE_EU

■■ CD Player : AC100DFE/AC110DFE ■■ CD Changer : AC600DFE/AC610DFE

❋There will be no logo if the Bluetooth® feature is not supported.


1824

Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUMEand AUDIO CONTROL

1. ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime. FM1 ➟ FM1 ➟ FMA

2. ButtonPressing the button selects theAM band. AM Mode is displayed on theLCD. AM➟AMA

3. ButtonTA(Traffic announcement) Channels inFM, CD, AUX mode, turns on/off thereception of TA channels of RDS.

4. Button• When the is pressed, it will

automatically tune to the next lowerstation.

• When the is pressed, it willautomatically tune to the next higherstation.

5. Button & Knob• Turns the audio system on/off when

the ignition switch is on ACC or ON.• If the knob is turned clockwise/counter-

clockwise, the volume will increase/decrease.

• Depending on the model if the ignitionswitch is not on ACC or ON position.the “Battery Discharge” warning appearson LCD after 10 seconds of power-up,and automatically turns off after 1 hoursof operation.

6. PRESET Buttons• Press ~ buttons less

than 0.8 seconds to play the stationsaved in each button.

• Press ~ buttons morethan 0.8 seconds or longer to save thecurrent station to the respective buttonwith a beep.

7. Button (AUTO STORE)When the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons

~ and plays the channelsaved in PRESET1. If no channel issaved after AST, it will play the previouschannel.• Saves only the Preset memory (1)~(6)

of FMA or AMA mode in some models.

8. ButtonTurn the LCD Display & BacklightON/OFF when button press.DARK

DARK

61

AST

61

61

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEK

TA

AM

AM

FM

VF_EU_RADIO

VF_EU_RADIO

VF_EU_RADIO

4 183


9. Button• Moves button when search-

ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting ProgramType selection.

• Moves button when search-ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting ProgramType selection.

10. ButtonPress the button to convert toSetup Mode. In the Setup Mode screen,select the mode you want to set bypressing the knob. Press knob to enter detailed setup mode. TheSetup Mode screens are each differentaccording to the Bluetooth, External Ampoption selections.

• SCROLLSelect whether long file names are scrolledcontinuously (On) or just once (Off).

• SDVC (Speed Dependent Volume Control)Select this item to turn the SDVC featureOn or Off. If it is turned ON, volume levelis adjusted automatically according tothe vehicle speed.

• MEDIASelect default display of MP3 play infor-mation. “Folder/File” or “Artist/Title” canbe selected.

• RDS(if available)RDS menu includes News/AF/Region/TA Vol. menu sequentially.

• NEWS(NEWS MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU)Turns the automatic NEWS reception fea-ture ON or OFF.

SETUP

SETUP

PTYFOLDER

PTYFOLDER

PTY

VF_EU_RADIO


1844

• AF(AF MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU)Select this item to turn the AF(AlternateFrequency) feature ON or OFF.

• TA VOL.(TA VOL. MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU)Adjusts the TA (Traffic Announcement) vol-ume level according to normal audio vol-ume level.

• REGION(REGION MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU)Selects whether REGION code is used(ON) or not (OFF) once the radio deter-mines the AF jump condition. If AUTO isselected, AF jump condition is determinedautomatically via PI reception status.

• CLOCKSelect this item to enter Clock setupmode.(12/24Hr., Auto, Time)

• 12/24 Hr.Select “12/24 Hr.” button to enter TimeFormat menu.

• AutoSelect “Auto” button to enter AutomaticRDS Time menu.

• TimeSelect “Time” button to enter Time setting.Adjust the hour and press the knob to set. Adjust the minute and pressthe knob to complete and exitfrom clock adjustment mode. Pressing the

button more than 0.8 secondswhile in power off, screen will allow theuser to make immediately adjustments tothe clock.

• PHONE (if equipped)Select this item to enter PHONE setupmode. Refer to “BLUETOOTH PHONEOPERATION” section for detailed infor-mation.

❈ “PHONE” menu is not available if theaudio does not support Bluetooth features.

SETUP

4 185


11. & KnobWithin the screen displayed after firstpressing the knob, turn the

knob to select the mode. Themodes will change in order of BASS .MIDDLE ↔ TREBLE ↔ FADER ↔ BAL-ANCE.

• BASS ControlPress and turn the knob to adjust the bass setting. In thisstate, turn the knob clockwise toincrease the bass and counter-clockwiseto decrease the bass. (Based on bassfrequency band, the range of adjustmentis max +10/min-10.)BASS -1 BASS 0 → BASS +1

• MIDDLE ControlPress and turn the knob to adjust the middle setting. In thisstate, turn the knob clockwise toincrease the middle and counter-clock-wise to decrease the middle. (Based onmiddle frequency band, the range ofadjustment is max +10/min-10.)MIDDLE -1 MIDDLE 0 → MIDDLE +1

• TREBLE ControlPress and turn the knob to adjust the treble setting. In thisstate, turn the knob clockwise toincrease the treble and counter-clock-wise to decrease the treble. (Based ontreble frequency band, the range ofadjustment is max +10/min-10.)TREBLE -1 TREBLE → TREBLE

• FADER ControlPress and turn the knob clockwise and counter-clockwise toadjust the front/rear volume levels. In thisstate, turn the knob clockwise toincrease the front speaker volume andcounter-clockwise to increase the rearspeaker volume. (The front/rear can eachbe adjusted to F=10/R=10.)FADER F=1 FADER F=R → FADER R=1

• BALANCE ControlPress and turn the knob to adjust the left/right volume set-ting. In this state, turn the knobclockwise to decrease the left speakervolume and counter-clockwise to decreasethe right speaker volume.(The left/right can each be adjusted toL=10/R=10.)

BALANCE

→

FADER

→TRBLE

→

MIDDLE→

BASS

VF_EU_RADIO


1864

Using CD Player

1. Button (CD)If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode.If no CD, it displays “No Media” for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. Button• Press button for less than

0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof current song.

• Press button for less than 0.8 seconds and press again within1 second to play the previous song.

• Press button for 0.8 secondsor longer to initiate reverse directionhigh speed sound search of currentsong.

• Press button for less than0.8 seconds to play the next song.

• Press button for 0.8 secondsor longer to initiate forward directionhigh speed sound search of currentsong

3. Button (RANDOM)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate ‘RDM’ mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate ‘ALL RDM’mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in random sequence.• ALL RDM (MP3/WMA Only) : All files in

a disc are played back in randomsequence.

4. Button (REPEAT)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate ‘RPT’ mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate ‘FLD.RPT’mode.• RPT : Only a track (file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD.RPT (MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

5. Button (SCAN)Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds.To cancel SCAN Play, press this buttonagain.

6. DISC Button (CD changer :AC600DFE/AC610DFE)

• Preset button changes disc tothe previous disc.

• Preset button changes disc tothe next disc.

4

3

5

2

1

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

CD/AUX

VF_EU_CD

4 187


7. ButtonDisplays the information of the currentsong.• Audio CD : Disc Title/Artist, Track Title

/Artist, Total Track.• MP3 CD : File Name, Title, Artist,

Album, Folder, Total Files (Not dis-played if the information is unavailableon the CD or file.)

8. Button • Press button to move to


• Press button to move to par-ent folder of the current folder and dis-play the first song in the folder.

Press knob to move to thefolder displayed.

9. & Knob• Turn this knob clockwise to browse

songs after current song, or counter-clockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

• Pressing this knob without turningenters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.

10. CD Eject ButtonPush button for less than 0.8seconds to eject the CD during CD play-back. This button is enabled when igni-tion switch is off.• ALL EJECT (CD Changer : AC600DFE/

AC610DFE)Press this button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to eject all discs inside the deck inrespective order.

11. CD SlotInsert a CD with the label side up andgently push in while ignition switch is onACC or ON. The audio automaticallyswitches to CD mode and begins to playthe CD.If the audio was turned off, audio powerwill automatically turn on as the CD isinserted.• This audio only recognizes 12cm-size,

CD-DA (Audio CD) or ISO data-CD(MP3 CD).

• If UDF data-CD or non-CD (e.g. DVD)is inserted, "Reading Error" messagewill be displayed and the disc will beejected.

12. CD Indicator (CD Player :AC100 DFE /AC110DFE)

When car ignition switch is in ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

PTYFOLDER

PTYFOLDER

FOLDER

INFO

CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator islit.

VF_AC100DFE_CDP

VF_AC600DFE_CDC

VF_EU_CD


1884

13. Button (CD Changer :AC600DFE/AC610DFC))

Push button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks. The last CD willplay. 10 seconds idle status will disableloading process.

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :1. Song playing order : to sequen-

tially.

2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.

LOADLOAD

LOAD

VF_AC600DFE_CDC

4 189


Using USB device

1. Button (USB or AUX)If the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to USB or AUX mode to play thesound from the auxiliary player.If there is no auxiliary device, then themessage “No Media” will become dis-played on the LCD for 3 seconds andreturns to previous mode.


than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the current song.

• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds and press it againwithin 1 second to move to and playthe previous song.


• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nextsong. Press the button for0.8 seconds or longer to play the songin forward direction in fast speed.


onds to play songs randomly in currentfolder.

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play songs randomly in entireUSB device.

• To cancel RANDOM play, press thisbutton again.

4. Button (REPEAT)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to repeat current song.• Press this button for 0.8 seconds or

longer to repeat all songs in currentfolder.

• To cancel REPEAT, press this buttonagain.

5. Button (SCAN)Plays each song in the USB device for 10seconds.To cancel SCAN play, press thisbutton again.

5

2

1

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

CD/AUX

VF_EU_USB

VF_EU_USB


1904

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of File Name,Title, Artist, Album, Folder, Total File.(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)



• Press button to move to par-ent folder display the first song in thefolder. Press knob to move tothe folder displayed.

8. & Knob• Turn this knob clockwise to browse

songs after current song, or counterclockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

• Pressing this knob without turningenters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.

PTYFOLDER

PTYFOLDER

FOLDERINFO

VF_EU_USBVF_EU_USB

4 191


CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up the vehi-cle. Connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the engine when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USBflashdrives are very sensitive toelectric shock.)

• If the engine is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static electrici-ty when connecting or disconnect-ing the external USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not

recognizable.• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB device isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith the human body or otherobjects.

• If you repeatedly connect or dis-connect the USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You may hear a strange noisewhen connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you disconnect the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or may malfunction.Therefore, disconnect the externalUSB device when the audio isturned off or in another mode. (e.g,Radio or CD)

• Depending on the type and capacityof the external USB device or thetype of the files stored in the device,there is a difference in the timetaken for recognition of the device.

• Do not use the USB device for pur-poses other than playing music files.

• Playing videos through the USB isnot supported.

• Use of USB accessories such asrechargers or heaters using USBI/F may lower performance orcause trouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device. In thatcase, connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)


1924

(Continued)• If the USB device is divided by

logical drives, only the music fileson the highest-priority drive arerecognized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camera canbe unrecognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• Charging through the USB maynot be supported in some mobiledevices.

❋ A car exclusive cable (providedor sold separately) is required touse the iPod.

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can beunrecognizable.

• Some USB flash memory readers(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) orexternal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this audio.Always back up important data ona personal storage device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.

4 193


Using iPod❋ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

1. Button (iPod)If iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. Button• Press button for less than

0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof current song.

• Press button for less than 0.8 seconds and press again within1 second to play the previous song.

• Press button for 0.8 secondsor longer to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Press button for less than0.8 seconds to play the next song.

• Press button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to initiate forward direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.


onds to shuffle order of all songs incurrent category. (Song Random)

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to shuffle order of albums in cur-rent category. (Album Random)

• To cancel RANDOM Play, press thisbutton again.

4. Button (REPEAT)Repeats the song currently played.

5. Button (MENU)Moves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The standard order of iPod’s category isPlaylists, Artists, Albums, Genres, Songs,Composers.

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of Title, Artist,Album, Normal Display. (Displays no infor-mation if the file has no song information.)

INFO

6

2

1

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

CD/AUX

VF_EU_iPod

VF_EU_iPod

VF_EU_iPod


1944

7. & KnobWhen you rotate the knob clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) aheadof the song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you rotate the knob counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

VF_VFE_USB

4 195


✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING THEiPod DEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played. Supported iPod models: - iPod Mini- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic)generation- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod disabled due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

• Some iPod devices, such as theiPhone, can be connected through theBluetooth® interface. The devicemust have audio Bluetooth® capabili-ty (such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth®). The device can play, butit will not be controlled by the audiosystem.

CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE

• The Hyundai iPod Power Cable isneeded in order to operate iPodwith the audio buttons on theaudio system.The USB cable pro-vided by Apple may cause mal-function and should not be usedfor Hyundai vehicles.

❋ The Hyundai iPod Power Cablemay be purchased through yourHyundai Dealership.

• When connecting iPod with theiPod Power Cable, insert the con-nector to the multimedia socketcompletely. If not inserted com-pletely, communications betweeniPod and audio may be interrupted.

• When adjusting the sound effects ofthe iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap and might reduce or distortthe quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to AUXmode even without iPod deviceand may cause noise. Disconnectthe iPod cable when you are notusing the iPod device.

• When not using iPod with caraudio, detach the iPod cable fromiPod. Otherwise, iPod may remainin accessory mode, and may notwork properly.

• When connecting the iPod, use theUSB/AUX terminals.

• When disconnecting the iPod,disconnect both the USB/AUX ter-minal.

• The iPod exclusive cable must beconnected to both the USB/AUXterminals for iPod charging andoperations to be supported.

Detachable USB/AUX All-in-one USB/AUX


1964

BLUETOOTH® PHONE OPERATION(if equipped)

1. button : Raises or lowersspeaker volume.

2. button : Activates voice recognition.3. button : Places or transfers a call.4. button : Rejects or ends a call.

■ What is Bluetooth®?Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, steeringremote control, etc. For more informa-tion, visit the Bluetooth® website atwww.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

hands-free and stereo-headset features.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® system supports 10 types oflanguages:

FRENCHGERMANUK ENGLISHSPANISHDUTCHITALIANDANISHRUSSIANPOLISHSWEDISH

✽✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® features.• Only one selected (linked) cellular phone

can be used with the system at a time.• Some phones are not fully compatible

with this system.• The Bluetooth® word mark and logos

are registered trademarks owned byBluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Hyundai is underlicense. A Bluetooth enabled cellphone is required to use Bluetooth®wireless technology.

VOLUME

4 197


■ Bluetooth® Language SettingThe system language can be changed bythe following steps:1. Power on the audio system with the

volume set to an audible level.2. Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio displays“Please Wait”.

- The Bluetooth® system will reply incurrently selected language that it ischanging to the next language.

- System language cycles betweenFRENCH/GERMAN/UK ENGLISHSPANISH/DUTCH/ITALIAN/DANISH/RUSSIAN/POLISH/SWEDISH.

3. When completed, the audio displayreturns to normal.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan-guage selection.

NOTE:The phone needs to be paired againafter changing system language.- Avoid resting your thumb or finger

on the button as the languagecould unintentionally change.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth® System can be acti-vated in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• If the command is not recognized, thesystem will announce "Pardon" or Noinput voice signal from microphone. (Noresponse)

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing thebutton. When voice recognition hasfailed 3 consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® functions.

Pair phone

Select phone

Change priority

Delete phone

Bluetooth off

Setup

Add entryPhonebook

Change

Delete name

By Phone

By voice

Call By name

By number


1984

■ Voice Operation TipTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowings:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet

as possible. Close the window to elim-inate surrounding noise (traffic noise,vibration sounds, etc), which may dis-turb recognizing the voice commandcorrectly.

- Speak a command after a beep soundwithin 5 seconds. Otherwise the com-mand will not be received properly.

- Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth®-related operations can beperformed by voice command or by man-ual operation.

- By Voice Command:1. Press button.2. Say “Set up”.

- The system replies with availablecommands.

1) Pair phone2) Select phone3) Delete phone4) Change priority

5) Bluetooth off- To skip the information message, Press

again and then a beep is heard.

- By Manual Operation:1. Push the button to enter

SETUP mode.2. Rotate the knob to move the

cursor between items push theknob to select “Phone”.

3. Rotate the knob to move thecursor between items and push the

knob to select a desired item.

• Pairing phoneBefore using Bluetooth® features, thephone must be paired (registered) to theaudio system. Up to 5 phones can bepaired with the system.

NOTE:The pairing procedure of the phonevaries according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

NOTE:Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phone isdeleted manually from the audio sys-tem (refer “Deleting Phone” section)or the vehicle’s information isremoved from the phone.

- By Voice Command:1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”.

- The system replies with availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

SETUP

4 199


3. Say “Pair Phone”4. Proceed at next step.5. Say the name of your phone when

prompted.- Use any name to uniquely describe

your phone.- Use Full name to voice tag.- Not use to short name or similar to

voice command.6. Bluetooth® system will repeat the

name you stated.7. Say “Yes” to confirm.8. The audio displays “searching ----

passkey: 0000” and asks you to initiatepairing procedure from the phone.

9. Search the Bluetooth® system on yourphone .Your phone should display your[vehicle model name] on theBluetooth® device list. Then attemptpairing on your phone

10. After Pairing is completed, yourphone will start to transfer phone/con-tact list to the audio system.- This process may take from a few

minutes to over 10 minutes depend-ing on the phone model and numberof entries in the phone/contact list.

- By Manual Operation:1. Select “Pair” in PHONE menu, then

proceed from step5.

NOTE:• Until the audio displays “Transfer

Complete”, Bluetooth® hands-freefeature may not be fully operational.

• Depending on the phone make andmodel, the phone book contact listmat not transfer to the audio system.

NOTE:If the phone is paired to two or morevehicles of the same model, i.e. bothvehicles are HYUNDAI i40, somephones may not handle Bluetooth®

devices of that name correctly. In thiscase, you may need to change the

name displayed on your phone fromi40 to i401 and i402.Refer to your phone’s User’s Guide, orcontact your cellular carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.

• Connecting phoneWhen the Bluetooth® system is enabled,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected and re-connected. If youwant to select different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.

- By Voice Command:1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”.3. Say “Select Phone” after prompt

- The system lists all the registeredphone names.

4. Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5. Say “Yes” to confirm.


2004

- By Manual Operation:1. Select “Select” in PHONE menu, then

select desired phone from the list.

• Changing PriorityWhen several phones are paired to theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® is enabled:1. “Priority” checked phone.2. Previously connected phone3. Gives up auto connection.

- By Voice Command:1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”.3. Say “Change Priority” after prompt.


4. Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5. Say “Yes” to confirm.

- By Manual Operation:1. Select “Priority” in PHONE menu, then


• Deleting PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phonewith the audio system again, pairingprocedure must be completed oncemore.

- By Voice Command:1.Press button.2.Say “Set Up”.3.Say “Delete Phone” after prompt.


4.Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5.Say “Yes” to confirm.

- By Manual Operation:1. Select “Delete” in PHONE menu, then


4 201


• Changing Language- By Voice Command:1. Select “Language” in PHONE menu,

adjust language to desired languageby turning knob, then pressthe knob to cinfirm.

- Supported Languages:FRENCH/GERMAN/UK ENGLISHSPANISH/DUTCH/ITALIAN/DANISH/RUSSIAN/POLISH/SWEDISH.

NOTE:The Phone need to be paired againafter changing system language.• Avoid resting your thumb or finger

on the talk button as the languagecould unintentionally change.

• Turning Bluetooth® ON/OFFBluetooth® system can be enabled (ON)or disabled (OFF) by this menu.- If Bluetooth® is disabled, all the com-

mands related to Bluetooth® systemprompts whether you wish to turnBluetooth® ON or not.

- By Voice Command:1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”3. Say “Bluetooth Off” after prompt.4. Say “Yes” to confirm.

- By Manual Operation:1. Select “BT Off” in PHONE menu, then

after announcement, say “YES” to con-firm.

■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding EntryPhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

• Adding Entry by Voice1. Press button.2. Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

3. Say “Add Entry”.4. Say “By Voice” to proceed.5. Say the name of the entry when

prompted.6. Say “Yes” to confirm.7. Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.8. Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.9. Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

10. Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.11. Say “Yes” to store additional location

for this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.


2024

✽✽ NOTICE- The system can recognize single digits

from zero to nine. Numbers that areten or greater cannot be recognized.

- You can enter each digit individuallyor group digits together in preferredstring lengths.

- To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuousstring.

- Recommend to enter the numbers con-stituted an grouping within all digitnumbers to dial 995 / 734 / 0000.

- The display corresponding to eachoperation appears on the screen as fol-lows:Input operation example:1. Say: “Nine, nine, five”

➟ Display: “995”2. And say: “Seven, three, four”

➟ Display: “995734”

• Adding Entry by Phone1. Press button.2. Say “Phonebook”.3. Say “Add Entry” after prompt.4. Say “By Phone” to proceed.5. Say “Yes” to confirm.6. Your phone will start to transfer

phone/contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 minutesdepending on the phone model andnumber of entries

7. Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.

1.Press button.2.Say “Phonebook”.3.Say “Change Name” after prompt.4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag).5.Say “Yes” to confirm.6.Say new desired name.

• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.1.Press button.2.Say “Phonebook”.3.Say “Delete Name” after prompt.4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag).5.Say “Yes” to confirm.

■ Making a Phone Call• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.

1. Press button.2. Say “Call”.3. Say “Name” when prompted.4. Say desired name (voice tag).5. Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

6. Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Call Name”2. Say “Call <john>”3. Say “Call <john> at <home>”

4 203


• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.

1.Press button.2.Say “Call”.3.Say “Number” when prompted.4.Say desired phone numbers.5.Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Dial Number”2. Say “Dial <digit>”

■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incomingcall” message and incoming phone num-ber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press button on the steering

wheel until the audio system transfers acall to the phone.

■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Call”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering wheel.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties. (Thisis not a malfunction.) Speak alternate-ly with the other party on the phone.

2. Keep the Bluetooth® volume to a lowlevel. High-level volume may result indistortion and echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.


2044

■ Bluetooth® Audio Music StreamingThe audio system supports Bluetooth®

A2DP (Audio Advanced DistributionProfile) and AVRCP (Audio VideoRemote Control Profile) technologies.Both profiles provide steaming of musicvia compatible “PAIRED” Bluetooth®

Cellular phone.To stream music from the Bluetooth® cel-lular phone, play your music files on yourcellular phone according to your cellularphone user’s manual and press the

button on the audio system until“MP3 play” is displayed on the LCD.The audio system head unit displays‘MP3 MODE’.

NOTE:• In addition to streaming MP3 files,

all music and sound files your cellu-lar phone supports can be playedby the audio system.

• Bluetooth® compatible cellularphones must include A2DP andAVRCP capabilities.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP compatibleBluetooth® cellular phones may notplay music through the audio sys-tem initially. These cellular phonesmay need to have the Bluetooth®

streaming enabled, for example;i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide for your

cellular phone for more information.To cancel Bluetooth® cellular phonemusic streaming, stop music play-back on the cellular phone orchange the audio mode to AM/FM,CD, iPod, ect.

CD/AUX

4 205


■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

-

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

-

Active

-

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3


2064

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® CELLULARPHONE

• Do not use a cellular phone orperform Bluetooth® settings (e.g.pairing a phone) while driving.

• Some Bluetooth®-enabled phonesmay not be recognized by thesystem or fully compatible withthe system.

• Before using Bluetooth® relatedfeatures of the audio system,refer your phone’s User’s Manualfor phone-side Bluetooth® opera-tions.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

related features.• You will not be able to use the

hands-free feature when yourphone (in the car) is outside ofthe cellular service area (e.g. in atunnel, in a underground, in amountainous area, etc.).

• If the cellular phone signal is pooror the vehicles interior noise istoo loud, it may be difficult to hearthe other person’s voice during acall.

(Continued)

(continued)• Do not place the phone near or

inside metallic objects, otherwise communications with Bluetooth®

system or cellular service sta-tions can be disturbed.

• While a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® your phonemay discharge quicker than usualfor additional Bluetooth®-relatedoperations.

• Some cellular phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to audiosystem. In this case, store thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.

• Please save your phone name inEnglish, or your phone name maynot be displayed correctly.

5

Before driving / 5-3

Key positions / 5-4

Engine start/stop button / 5-8

ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system / 5-14

Manual transaxle / 5-19

Automatic transaxle / 5-22

Brake system / 5-29

Cruise control system / 5-48

Speed limit control system / 5-53

Lane keeping assist system (LKAS) / 5-56

Economical operation / 5-63

Special driving conditions / 5-65

Winter driving / 5-69

Trailer towing / 5-73

Vehicle weight / 5-82



25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surrounding areasnear your vehicle for people, espe-cially children, before putting a vehi-cle into “D (Drive)” or “R (Reverse)”.

WARNINGDriving while distracted can resultin a loss of vehicle control, thatmay lead to an accident, severepersonal injury, and death. The dri-ver’s primary responsibility is inthe safe and legal operation of avehicle, and use of any handhelddevices, other equipment, or vehi-cle systems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of a vehicleor which are not permissible by lawshould never be used during oper-ation of the vehicle.


45

Illuminated ignition switchWhenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

KEY POSITIONS

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.Driving while under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or more dan-gerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

WARNING• When you intend to park or stop

the vehicle with the engine on, becareful not to depress the accel-erator pedal for a long period oftime. It may overheat the engineor exhaust system and cause fire.

• When you make a sudden stop orturn the steering wheel rapidly,loose objects may drop on thefloor and it could interfere withthe operation of the foot pedals,possibly causing an accident.Keep all things in the vehiclesafely stored.

• If you do not focus on driving, itmay cause an accident. Be care-ful when operating what may dis-turb driving such as audio orheater. It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always drive safely.

OTF050001

■ Type BOED046001

■ Type A

5 5


Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving.This would result in loss ofdirectional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lock(if equipped) is not a substitute forthe parking brake. Before leavingthe driver’s seat, always make surethe shift lever is engaged in 1st gearfor the manual transaxle or P (Park)for the automatic transaxle, set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occur ifthese precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.


65

Starting the engine

✽✽ NOTICE - Kick down mecha-nism

If your vehicle is equipped with a kickdown mechanism in the acceleratorpedal, it prevents you from driving atfull throttle unintentionally by makingthe driver require increased effort todepress the accelerator pedal. However,if you depress the pedal more thanapproximately 80%, the vehicle can beat full throttle and the accelerator pedalwill be easier to depress. This is not amalfunction but a normal condition.

Starting the gasoline engine1.Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator pedal.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator pedal.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and clutch (if equipped).

5 7


Starting the diesel engine

To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is


clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P(park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N(neutral) position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to pre-heat the engine. Then theglow indicator light will illuminate.

4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turnthe ignition switch to the START posi-tion and hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 seconds),then release the key.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine does not start within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position for 10 seconds, andthen to the ON position, in order to pre-heat again.

Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate the engineimmediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbocharger unit.

2. After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, run theengine on idle condition about 1minute before turning it off.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

W-60

Glow indicator light

CAUTIONDo not turn off the engine immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine orturbo charger unit.


85

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

Illuminated engine start/stop but-tonWhenever the front door is opened, theengine start/stop button will illuminate foryour convenience. The light will go offafter about 30 seconds when the door isclosed. It will also go off immediatelywhen the theft-alarm system is armed.

Engine start/stop button positionOFF

With manual transaxle

To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position), stopthe vehicle then press the enginestart/stop button.

With automatic transaxle

To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position),press the engine start/stop button withthe shift lever in the P (Park) position.When you press the engine start/stopbutton without the shift lever in the P(Park) position, the engine start/stop but-ton will not change to the OFF positionbut to the ACC position.

Vehicles equipped with anti-theft steeringcolumn lock

The steering wheel locks when theengine start/stop button is in the OFFposition to protect you against theft.It locks when the door is opened.

If the steering wheel is not locked prop-erly when you open the driver's door, thewarning chime will sound. Try locking thesteering wheel again. If the problem isnot solved, have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.In addition, if the engine start/stop buttonis in the OFF position after the driver'sdoor is opened, the steering wheel willnot lock and the warning chime willsound. In such a situation, close the door.Then the steering wheel will lock and thewarning chime will stop.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the steering wheel doesn't unlockproperly, the engine start/stop buttonwill not work. Press the enginestart/stop button while turning thesteering wheel right and left to releasethe tension.

OVF051001

White

5 9


ACC(Accessory)


Press the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.


Press the engine start/stop button while itis in the OFF position without depressingthe brake pedal.

The steering wheel unlocks (if equippedwith anti-theft steering column lock) andelectrical accessories are operational.If the engine start/stop button is in theACC position for more than 1 hour, thebutton is turned off automatically to pre-vent battery discharge.

ON


Press the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.


Press the engine start/stop button while itis in the ACC position without depressingthe brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe engine start/stop button in the ONposition for a long time. The battery maydischarge, because the engine is notrunning.

Orange Blue

CAUTIONYou are able to turn off the engine(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),only when the vehicle is not inmotion. In an emergency situationwhile the vehicle is in motion, you areable to turn the engine off and to theACC position by pressing the enginestart/stop button for more than 2 sec-onds or 3 times successively within 3seconds. If the vehicle is still moving,you can restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal by press-ing the engine start/stop button withthe shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-tion.


105

START/RUN


To start the engine, depress the clutchpedal and brake pedal, then press theengine start/stop button with the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) position.


To start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever in the P (Park)or the N (Neutral) position. For your safe-ty, start the engine with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you press the engine start/stop buttonwithout depressing the clutch pedal formanual transaxle vehicles or withoutdepressing the brake pedal for automat-ic transaxle vehicles, the engine will notstart and the engine start/stop buttonchanges as follow:OFF ➔➔ACC ➔➔ ON ➔➔ OFF or ACC

✽✽ NOTICEIf you leave the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC or ON position for a longtime, the battery will discharge.

WARNING• Never press the engine start/stop

button while the vehicle is inmotion. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock (if equipped) is not a substi-tute for the parking brake. Beforeleaving the driver's seat, alwaysmake sure the shift lever isengaged in P (Park), set the park-ing brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are nottaken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the engine start/

stop button or any other controlsthrough the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is in motion.The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thearea could cause loss of vehiclecontrol, an accident and seriousbodily injury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver's seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.

Not illuminated

5 11


Starting the engine Starting the gasoline engine 1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside

the vehicle.2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly


clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile starting the engine.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

4. Press the engine start/stop button.5. In extremely cold weather (below

-18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressing theaccelerator.

Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is


clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile pressing the engine start/stopbutton to the START position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal.


125

3. Press the engine start/stop buttonwhile depressing the brake pedal.

4. Continue depressing the brake pedaluntil the illuminated glow indicatorgoes off. (approximately 5 seconds)

5. The engine starts running when theglow indicator goes off.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine start/stop button is pressedonce more while the engine is pre-heat-ing, the engine may start.

Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate the engineimmediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbocharger unit.

2. After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the engine start/stop button is inthe ACC position or above, if any dooris opened, the system checks for thesmart key. If the smart key is not in thevehicle, a message “Key is not in thevehicle” will appear on the LCD display.And if all doors are closed, the chimewill sound for 5 seconds. The indicatoror warning will turn off while the vehicleis moving. Always have the smart keywith you.

WARNINGThe engine will start, only when thesmart key is in the vehicle.Never allow children or any personwho is unfamiliar with the vehicletouch the engine start/stop buttonor related parts.

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine or tur-bocharger unit.

W-60

Glow indicator light

5 13


✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by pressing the enginestart/stop button with the smart key.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, youcannot start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If itis not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the enginestart/stop button for 10 seconds whileit is in the ACC position. The enginecan start without depressing the brakepedal. But for your safety alwaysdepress the brake pedal before start-ing the engine.

CAUTIONDo not press the engine start/stopbutton for more than 10 secondsexcept when the stop lamp fuse isblown.

OVF051003

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while the vehicleis in motion, do not attempt to movethe shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion. If the traffic and road condi-tions permit, you may put the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) positionwhile the vehicle is still moving andpress the engine start/stop buttonin an attempt to restart the engine.


145

Your vehicle may be equipped with theISG system, which reduces fuel con-sumption by automatically shutting downthe engine, when the vehicle is at astandstill. (For example : red light, stopsign and traffic jam)The engine starts automatically as soonas the starting conditions are met.The ISG system is ON whenever theengine is running.

✽✽ NOTICE When the engine automatically starts bythe ISG system, some warning lights(ABS, ESP, ESP OFF, EPS or Parkingbrake warning light) may turn on for afew seconds.This happens because of low batteryvoltage. It does not mean the system hasmalfunctioned.

Auto stopTo stop the engine in idle stop mode1. Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than 5 km/h (3 mph).2. Shift into N (Neutral) position.3. Release the clutch pedal.The engine will stop and the green AUTOSTOP( ) indicator on the instrumentcluster will illuminate.

Also, a message "Auto Stop" will appearon the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICE You must reach a speed of at least 10km/h (6 mph) since last idle stop.

ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF051040

■ Type A ■ Type B■ Type A ■ Type B

OVF051030/OVF051068

5 15


✽✽ NOTICEIf you unfasten the seatbelt or open thedriver's door (or engine hood) in autostop mode, the following will happen:• The ISG system will deactivate (the

light on the ISG OFF button will illu-minate).

(Continued)

(Continued)• A message "Auto Start Deactivated

Start Manually" will appear on theLCD display.

Auto startTo restart the engine from idle stopmode• Press the clutch pedal when the shift

lever is in the N (Neutral) position.• A message "Press Clutch Pedal for

Auto Start" will appear on the LCD dis-play.

• The engine will start and the greenAUTO STOP ( ) indicator on theinstrument cluster will go out.

OVF051038


OVF051035OVF051031



165

The engine will also restart automati-cally without the driver’s any actionsif the following occurs:- The fan speed of manual climate con-

trol system is set above the 3rd positionwhen the air conditioning is on.

- The fan speed of automatic climatecontrol system is set above the 6thposition when the air conditioning is on.

- When a certain amount of time haspassed with the climate control systemon.

- When the defroster is on.- The brake vaccum pressure is low.- The battery charging status is low.- The vehicle speed exceeds 5 km/h (3

mph).

The green AUTO STOP ( ) indicatoron the instrument cluster will blink for 5seconds and a message “Auto Start” willappear on the LCD display.

Condition of ISG system opera-tionThe ISG system will operate underthe following condition:- The driver’s seat belt is fastened.- The driver’s door and engine hood are

closed.- The brake vaccum pressure is ade-

quate.- The battery is sufficiently charged.- The outside temperature is between

-2°C to 35°C (28.4°F to 95°F).- The engine coolant temperature is not

too low.

OVF051034


5 17


✽✽ NOTICE • If the ISG system does not meet the

operation condition, the ISG system isdeactivated. The light on the ISG OFFbutton will illuminate and a message“Auto Stop Deactivated” will appearon the LCD display.

• If the light or notice comes on contin-uously, please check the operationcondition.

ISG system deactivation• If you wish to deactivate the ISG sys-

tem, press the ISG OFF button. Thelight on the ISG OFF button will illumi-nate and a message “Auto Stop Off” willappear on the LCD display.

• If you press the ISG OFF button again,the system will be activated and thelight on the ISG OFF button will turn off.

ISG system malfunctionThe system may not operate when:The ISG related sensors or system erroroccurs.

The following will happen:• The yellow AUTO STOP ( ) indica-

tor on the instrument cluster will stayon after blinking for 5 seconds.

OVF051031/OVF051036


OVF051031/OVF051032



185

• The light on the ISG OFF button willilluminate.

• A message "Please Enable BatterySensor" will appear on the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICE • If the ISG OFF button light is not

turned off by pressing the ISG OFFbutton again or if the ISG system con-tinuously does not work correctly,please contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

• When the ISG OFF button light comeson, it may stop illuminating after driv-ing your vehicle at approximately 80km/h for a maximum of two hoursand setting the fan speed controlbelow the 2nd position. If the ISGOFF button light continues to illumi-nate in spite of the procedure, pleasecontact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

WARNING When the engine is in Idle Stopmode, it's possible to restart theengine without the driver takingany action.Before leaving the car or doing any-thing in the engine room area, stopthe engine by turning the ignitionswitch to the LOCK/OFF position orremoving the ignition key.

OVF051031/OVF051039


5 19


Manual transaxle operation• The manual transaxle has 6 forward

gears.This shift pattern is imprinted on theshift knob. The transaxle is fully syn-chronized in all forward gears so shift-ing to either a higher or a lower gear iseasily accomplished.

• Depress the clutch pedal down fullywhile shifting, then release it slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with an igni-tion lock switch, the engine will notstart when starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

• The shift lever must return to the neu-tral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The button located immedi-ately below the shift knob must bepushed upward while moving the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) position.

• Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R(Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF051004

The button (1) must be pushed whilemoving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved withoutpushing the button (1).

CAUTION• When downshifting from 5 (Fifth)

gear to 4 (Fourth) gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently move the shift lever side-ways in such a manner that sec-ond gear is engaged. Such a dras-tic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine and transaxledamage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.

N


205

• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1 (First) or R(Reverse), put the shift lever in neutralposition and release the clutch. Pressthe clutch pedal back down, and thenshift into 1 (First) or R (Reverse) gearposition.

Using the clutchThe clutch pedal should be depressed allthe way to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedal shouldalways be fully released while driving. Donot rest your foot on the clutch pedalwhile driving. This can cause unneces-sary wear. Do not partially engage theclutch to hold the vehicle on an incline.This causes unnecessary wear. Use thefoot brake or parking brake to hold thevehicle on an incline. Do not operate theclutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.CAUTION

• To avoid premature clutch wearand damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1 (First) gear when the vehi-cle is parked on a level or uphillgrade, and shifted into R(Reverse) on a downhill grade.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if these pre-cautions are not followed in theorder identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal whilethe parking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the neutralposition.

CAUTIONWhen operating the clutch pedal,depress the clutch pedal down fully.If you don’t depress the clutchpedal fully, the clutch may be dam-aged or noise may occur.

5 21


DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse). The transaxle can bedamaged if you do not. To shift into R(Reverse), depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, wait three sec-onds, then shift to the R (Reverse)position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


225

Automatic transaxle operationThe highly efficient automatic transaxlehas 6 forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds are select-ed automatically, depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF051005

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the lock release button when shifting.

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movementof the vehicle.)

5 23


For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

Transaxle rangesThe indicator lights in the instrumentcluster displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive) orR (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.


245

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator pedal fully (more than 80%)until the kick down mechanism workswith a clicking noise, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into D (Drive).• A clicking noise heard from the kick

down mechanism by depressing theaccelerator pedal fully is a normalcondition.

Sports mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except as explained in“Rocking the vehicle”, in this manu-al. OVF051069

Sportsmode

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))

5 25


✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth driving ona slippery road. Push the shift lever tothe -(down) side to shift back to the 1stgear.

Paddle shifter (if equipped)The paddle shifter is available when theshift lever is in the D (Drive) position orthe sports mode.

With the shift lever in the D position

The paddle shifter will operate when thevehicle speed is more than 10km/h.Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear and the systemchanges from automatic mode to manualmode.When the vehicle speed is lower than10km/h, if you depress the acceleratorpedal for more than 5 seconds or if youshift the shift lever from D (Drive) tosports mode and shift it from sportsmode to D (Drive) again, the systemchanges from manual mode to automaticmode.

With the shift lever in the sports mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shiftersat the same time, you cannot shift thegear.

OVF051007


265

Sport drive mode (if equipped)Sport drive mode focuses on dynamicdriving by automatically controlling theshift pattern.To activate the system push the SPORTbutton. An indicator on the instrumentcluster will illuminate.

If the system is activated:• The shift pattern changes when com-

pared to normal mode.• Up-shifting is delayed.• After speeding, it maintains the gear

and RPM for some time even thoughthe accelerator pedal is not depressed.

To turn off the system push the SPORTbutton again. The indicator on the instru-ment cluster will turn off.

✽✽ NOTICEIn Sport drive mode, the fuel efficiencymay decrease.

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around thevehicle.

OVF051053

OVF051052

■ Type A

■ Type B

5 27


Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:

Type A1. Press the shift-lock release button.2. Move the shift lever.3. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-ately.

Type B1. Carefully remove the cap covering the

shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-ately.

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)

The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thevehicle in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

OVF051006


285

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 29


Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• Always, confirm the position of

the brake and accelerator pedalbefore driving. If you don't checkthe position of the acceleratorand brake pedal before driving,you may depress the acceleratorinstead of the brake pedal. It maycause a serious accident.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

(Continued)


305

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

5 31


Electric parking brake (EPB)Applying the parking brakeTo apply the EPB (electric parkingbrake):

1. Depress the brake pedal.2. Pull up the EPB switch.Make sure the warning light comes on.

Also, the EPB is applied automatically ifthe Auto Hold button is on when theengine is turned off. However, if youkeep pressing the EPB switch till theengine is turned off, the EPB will not beapplied.

✽✽ NOTICEOn a steep incline or when pulling atrailer if the vehicle does not stand still,do as follows:1. Apply the EPB.2. Pull up the EPB switch for more than

3 seconds.

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the EPB (electric parkingbrake), press the EPB switch in the fol-lowing condition:

• Have the ignition switch or enginestart/stop button in the ON position.

• Depress the brake pedal.Make sure the brake warning light goesoff.

OVF051041

CAUTIONDo not operate the parking brakewhile the vehicle is moving exceptin an emergency situation. It coulddamage the vehicle system andendanger driving safety.

OVF051042


325

To release EPB (electric parking brake)automatically:

• Shift lever in P (Park)With the engine running depress thebrake pedal and shift out of P (Park) toR (Rear) or D (Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)With the engine running depress thebrake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral)to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

• Manual transaxle vehicle1. Start the engine.2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.3. Close the driver's door, engine hood

and tailgate.4. Depress the clutch pedal with the

gear engaged.5. Depress the accelerator pedal while

releasing the clutch pedal.• Automatic transaxle vehicle

1. Start the engine.2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.3. Close the driver's door, engine hood

and tailgate.4. Depress the accelerator pedal while

the shift lever is in R (Rear), D(Drive) or Sports mode.

Make sure the brake warning light goesoff.

✽✽ NOTICE• For your safety, you can engage the

EPB even though the ignition switch orengine stop/start button is in the OFFposition, but you cannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brakepedal and release the parking brakemanually with the EPB switch whenyou drive downhill or when backing upthe vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxleA vehicle towing a trailer on a hill or onan incline may slightly roll backwardswhen starting the vehicle. To prevent thesituation follow the below instructions.1. Depress the clutch pedal and select a

gear.2. Keep pulling up the EPB switch.3. Depress the accelerator pedal and

slowly release the clutch pedal. 4. If the vehicle starts off with enough

driving power release the EPB switch.

Do not follow the above procedure whendriving on a flat level ground. The vehi-cle may suddenly move forward.

CAUTION• If the parking brake warning light

is still on even though the EPBhas been released, have the sys-tem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not drive your vehicle with theEPB applied. It may cause exces-sive brake pad and brake rotorwear.

5 33


EPB (electric parking brake) may beautomatically applied when:

• The EPB is overheated• Requested by other systems

✽✽ NOTICEIf the driver turns the engine off by mis-take while Auto Hold is operating, EPBwill be automatically applied. (Vehicle’sequipped with Auto Hold)

• If you try to drive off depressing theaccelerator pedal with the EPB applied,but doesn't release automatically, awarning will sound and a message willappear.

• If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedand the engine hood or tailgate isopened, a warning will sound and amessage will appear.

• If there is a problem with the vehicle, awarning may sound and a messagemay appear.

If the above situation occurs, depress thebrake pedal and release EPB by pressingthe EPB switch.

OVF051044


WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use the shiftlever in place of the parkingbrake. Set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever issecurely positioned in P (Park).

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.


345

When the conversion from Auto Hold toEPB is not working properly a warningwill sound and a message will appear.

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold isactivated because of ESP(ElectronicStability Program) signal, a warning willsound and a message will appear.

CAUTIONDepress the brake pedal when theabove message appears for the AutoHold and EPB may not activate.

CAUTION• A click sound may be heard while

operating or releasing the EPB,but these conditions are normaland indicate that the EPB is func-tioning properly.

• When leaving your keys with aparking lot attendant or valet,make sure to inform him/her howto operate the EPB.

• The EPB may malfunction if youdrive with the EPB applied.

• When you automatically releaseEPB by depressing the accelera-tor pedal, depress it slowly.

OVF051043


OVF051045


5 35


EPB malfunction indicator (if equipped)This warning light illuminates if theengine start/stop button is changed tothe ON position and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is opera-tion normally.If the EPB malfunction indicator remainson, comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch or theengine start/stop button is changed tothe ON position, this indicates that theEPB may have malfunctioned.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

The EPB malfunction indicator may illu-minate when the ESP indicator comes onto indicate that the ESP is not workingproperly, but it does not indicate a mal-function of the EPB.

Emergency brakingIf there is a problem with the brake pedalwhile driving, emergency braking is pos-sible by pulling up and holding the EPBswitch. Braking is possible only while youare holding the EPB switch.

✽✽ NOTICEDuring emergency braking by the EPB,the parking brake warning light willilluminate to indicate that the system isoperating.

WARNINGDo not operate the parking brakewhile the vehicle is moving exceptin an emergency situation.

OVF051047/OVF051067


CAUTION• The EPB warning light may illumi-

nate if the EPB switch operatesabnormally. Shut the engine offand turn it on again after a fewminutes. The warning light will gooff and the EPB switch will oper-ate normally. However, if the EPBwarning light is still on, have thesystem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• If the parking brake warning lightdoes not illuminate or blinks eventhough the EPB switch was pulledup, the EPB is not applied.

• If the parking brake warning lightblinks when the EPB warning lightis on, press the switch, then pull itup. Once more press it back to itsoriginal position and pull it backup. If the EPB warning does notgo off, have the system checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf you continuously notice a noiseor burning smell when the EPB isused for emergency braking, haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.


365

When the EPB (electric parkingbrake) is not releasedIf the EPB does not release normally,take your vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer by towing the vehicleand have the system checked.

AUTO HOLD (if equipped)The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in astandstill even though the brake pedal isnot depressed after the driver brings thevehicle to a complete stop by depressingthe brake pedal.

Set up1. With the driver's door, engine hood

and tailgate closed, fasten the driver'sseat belt or depress the brake pedaland then press the Auto Hold button.The white AUTO HOLD indicator willcome on and the system will be in thestandby position.

OVF051048

WWWWhhhhiiii tttteeee

5 37


2. When you stop the vehicle completelyby depressing the brake pedal, theAUTO HOLD indicator changes fromwhite to green.

3. The vehicle will remain stationary evenif you release the brake pedal.

4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will bereleased and the indicator will changeto white.

Leaving

If you press the accelerator pedal withthe shift lever in R (Reverse), D (Drive) orsports mode, the Auto Hold will bereleased automatically and the vehiclewill start to move. The indicator changesfrom green to white.

CancelTo cancel the Auto Hold operation, pressthe Auto Hold switch. The AUTO HOLDindicator will go out.To cancel the Auto Hold operation whenthe vehicle is at a standstill, press theAuto Hold switch while depressing thebrake pedal.

OVF051049

WWWWhhhhiiii tttteeee

GGGGrrrreeeeeeeennnn

OVF051051

LLLLiiiigggghhhhtttt ooooffff ffff

WARNINGWhen driving off from Auto Hold bydepressing the accelerator pedal,always check the surrounding areanear your vehicle.Slowly depress the acceleratorpedal for a smooth launch.


385

✽✽ NOTICE• The Auto Hold does not operate

when:- The driver's seat belt is unfastened

and driver's door is opened- The engine hood is opened- The tailgate is opened- The shift lever is in P (Park)- The EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Hold auto-matically switches to EPB in suchcases:- The driver's seat belt is unfastened

and driver's door is opened- The engine hood is opened- The tailgate is opened- The vehicle is in a standstill for more

than 10 minutes- The vehicle is standing on a steep

slope- The vehicle moved several timesIn these cases, the brake warning lightcomes on, the AUTO HOLD indicatorchanges from green to white, and awarning sounds and a message willappear to inform you that EPB hasbeen automatically engaged. Beforedriving off again, press foot brakepedal, check the surrounding areanear your vehicle and release parkingbrake manually with the EPB switch.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights

up yellow, the Auto Hold is not work-ing properly. Take your vehicle to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.

WARNING• Press the accelerator pedal slow-

ly when you start the vehicle.• For your safety, cancel the Auto

Hold when you drive downhill orback up the vehicle or park thevehicle.

CAUTIONIf there is a malfunction with the dri-ver’s door, engine hood or tailgateopen detection system, the AutoHold may not work properly.Take your vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-tem checked.

5 39


Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS (orESP) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

WARNINGABS (or ESP) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehicleequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityProgram System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)


405

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull yourvehicle over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

W-78

5 41


Electronic stability program (ESP)The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is designed to stabilize the vehi-cle during cornering maneuvers. ESPchecks where you are steering andwhere the vehicle is actually going. ESPapplies the brakes at individual wheelsand intervenes in the engine manage-ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESP will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESP is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityProgram (ESP) System is functioningproperly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability program(ESP) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESP installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OVF051008

OVF051009

■ Type B

■ Type A


425

ESP operationESP ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESP and ESP OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESP is turned on.

• Press the ESP OFF button forat least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESP off. (ESP OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESP on, press the ESP OFFbutton (ESP OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESP per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operating

When the ESP is in operation,ESP indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Program is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, the enginerpm (revolution per minute)may not increase even if youpress the accelerator pedaldeeply. This is to maintain thestability and traction of thevehicle and does not indicatea problem.

ESP operation offESP OFF state

• To cancel ESP operation,press the ESP OFF button(ESP OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESPis off, ESP remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESP will automatically turn onagain.

-

5 43


Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifthe ESP system is operating normally.The ESP indicator light blinks wheneverESP is operating or illuminates whenESP fails to operate.ESP OFF indicator light comes on whenthe ESP is turned off with the button.

ESP OFF usageWhen driving

• ESP should be turned on for daily driv-ing whenever possible.

• To turn ESP off while driving, press theESP OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESP isturned off (ESP OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESP is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESP off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

■ ESP indicator light

■ ESP OFF indicator light

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESP system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Programsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved, snowy, oricy roads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESP indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery. WARNING

Never press the ESP OFF buttonwhile ESP is operating (ESP indica-tor light blinks).If ESP is turned off while ESP isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.


445

Vehicle stability management(VSM)This system provides further enhance-ments to vehicle stability and steeringresponses when a vehicle is driving on aslippery road or a vehicle detectedchanges in coefficient of friction betweenright wheels and left wheels when brak-ing.

VSM operationWhen the VSM is operating:• ESP (Electronic Stability Program)

( ) light will blink.• The steering wheel may be controlled.When the vehicle stability managementis operating properly, you can feel a slightpulsation in the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indicates noth-ing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on bank road such as gradientor incline

• Driving rearward• ESP OFF indicator light ( ) remains

on the instrument cluster• EPS (Electronic Power Steering) indi-

cator light remains on the instrumentcluster

VSM operation offIf you press the ESP OFF button to turnoff the ESP, the VSM will also cancel andthe ESP OFF indicator light ( ) illumi-nates.To turn on the VSM, press the buttonagain. The ESP OFF indicator light goesout.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even if youdon’t cancel the VSM operation by press-ing the ESP OFF button. It indicates thata malfunction has been detected some-where in the EPS (Electronic PowerSteering) system or VSM system. If theESP indicator light ( ) or EPS warninglight remains on, take your vehicle to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.

✽✽ NOTICE• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 15 km/h (9 mph)on curves.

• The VSM is designed to functionabove approximately 30 km/h (18mph) when a vehicle is braking on asplit-mu road. The split-mu road ismade of surfaces which have differentfriction forces.

WARNING• The Vehicle Stability Management

system is not a substitute forsafe driving practices but a sup-plementary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed and thedistance to the vehicle ahead.Always hold the steering wheelfirmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to acti-vate according to the driver’sintention, even with the VSMinstalled. Always follow all thenormal precautions for driving atsafe speeds for the conditions –including driving in inclementweather and on a slippery road.

• Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the VSM systemto malfunction. When replacingtires, make sure they are thesame size as your original tires.

5 45


Hill-start assist control (HAC) A vehicle has the tendency to slip backon a steep hill when it starts to go afterstopping. The Hill-start Assist Control(HAC) prevents the vehicle from slippingback by operating the brakes automati-cally for about 2 seconds. The brakes arereleased when the accelerator pedal isdepressed or after about 2 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICE• The HAC does not operate when the

transaxle shift lever is in the P (Park)or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even though theESP is off but it does not activatewhen the ESP has malfunctioned.

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) (if equipped)The Emergency Stop Signal systemalerts the driver behind by blinking thestop light when the vehicle is braked rap-idly and severely.The system is activated when:• The vehicle suddenly stops (vehicle

speed is over 55km/h and the vehicledeceleration at greater than 7 m/s2)

• The ABS is activatingWhen the vehicle speed is under 40 km/hand the ABS deactivates or the suddenstop situation is over, the stop light willnot blink. Instead, the hazard warningflasher will turn on automatically.The hazard warning flasher will turn offwhen vehicle speed is over 10km/h afterthe vehicle has stopped. Also, it will turnoff when the vehicle is driven at lowspeed for some time. You can turn it offmanually by pushing the hazard warningflasher switch.

WARNINGThe HAC is activated only for about2 seconds, so when the vehicle isstarting off always depress theaccelerator pedal.

CAUTIONThe Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)system will not work if the hazardwarning flasher is already on.


465

Good braking practices • Check to be sure the parking brake isnot engaged and that the parkingbrake indicator light is out before driv-ing away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

• Do not coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

• Do not "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whileyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, do not let yourvehicle creep forward. To avoid creep-ing forward, keep your foot firmly onthe brake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the P (Park) position. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

5 47


• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the shiftlever in P (automatic transaxle) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and block the rear wheels so the vehi-cle cannot roll. Then release the park-ing brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.


485

1. Cruise indicator2. Cruise set indicator

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(cruise indicator light is illuminat-ed), the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system offwhen the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed,for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

OVF051029


■ Type A ■ Type BOVF051028

5 49


Cruise control switchCANCEL: Cancels cruise control opera-

tion./ CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys-

tem on or off.RES+: Resumes or increases cruise

control speed.SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control

speed.

To set cruise control speed:1. Press the cruise /CRUISE button

on the steering wheel, to turn the sys-tem on. The cruise indicator light willilluminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (25 mph).

✽✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxleFor manual transaxle vehicles, youshould depress the brake pedal at leastonce to set the cruise control after start-ing the engine.

3. Move the lever down (to SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed. Thecruise set indicator light will illuminate.Release the accelerator pedal at thesame time. The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

OVF051012

OVF051070

■ Type B

■ Type A

OVF051013

OVF051020

■ Type B

■ Type A

OVF051015

OVF051022

■ Type B

■ Type A


505

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever up (to RES+) and hold

it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Releasethe lever at the speed you want.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 2.0 km/h (1.2mph) each time you move the lever up(to RES+) in this manner.

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the lever at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 2.0 km/h (1.2mph) each time you move the leverdown (to SET-) in this manner.

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator pedal.

OVF051014

OVF051021

■ Type B

■ Type A

OVF051015

OVF051022

■ Type B

■ Type A

5 51


To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Depress the brake pedal.• Depress the clutch pedal if equpped

with a manual transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) if equpped with

an automatic transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 20 km/h (12mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the cruise set indicatorlight will go off), but it will not turn thesystem off. If you wish to resume cruisecontrol operation, move up the lever (toRES+) located on your steering wheel.You will return to your previously presetspeed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40 km/h(25 mph):If any method other than the cruise /CRUISE button was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when you movethe lever up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately40 km/h (25 mph).

OVF051016

OVF051023

■ Type B

■ Type A

OVF051014

OVF051021

■ Type B

■ Type A


525

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Press the cruise /CRUISE button

(the cruise indicator light will illumi-nate).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

5 53


You can set the speed limit when you donot want to drive over a specific speed.If you drive over the preset speed limit,the warning system operates (set speedlimit will blink and chime will sound) untilthe vehicle speed returns within thespeed limit.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile speed limit control is in opera-tion, the cruise control system cannot beactivated.

Speed limit control switchCANCEL: Cancels set speed limit.

: Turns speed limit control system onor off.

RES+: Resumes or increases speed limitcontrol speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases speed limit con-trol speed.

To set speed limit :1. Press the speed limit button on the

steering wheel, to turn the system on.

The speed limit indicator light will illumi-nate.

SPEED LIMIT CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF051017OVF051012

OVF051024



545

2. Move the lever down (to SET-).3. Move the lever up (to RES+) or down

(to SET-), and release it at the desiredspeed. Move the lever up (to RES+) ordown (to SET-) and hold it. The speedwill increase or decrease by 5 km/h (3mph).

The set speed limit will be displayed. To drive over the preset speed limit youmust depress hard on the acceleratorpedal (more than approximately 80%)until the kick down mechanism workswith a clicking noise. Then the set speedlimit will blink and chime will sound untilyou return the vehicle speed within thespeed limit.

✽✽ NOTICE• Depressing the accelerator pedal less

than approximately 50%, the vehiclewill not speed over the preset speedlimit but maintain the vehicle speedwithin the speed limit.

• A clicking noise heard from the kickdown mechanism by depressing theaccelerator pedal fully is a normalcondition.

OVF051018 OVF051025


OVF051026


5 55


To turn off the speed limit con-trol, do one of the following:• Press the speed limit button once

again.• Press the cruise switch (If you press

cruise switch, the cruise system willturn on)

If you press the CANCEL switch once,the set speed limit will cancel, but it willnot turn the system off. If you wish toreset the speed limit, move the lever up(to RES+) or down (to SET-) to thedesired speed.

OVF051027


OVF051019

CAUTIONThe "OFF" indicator will blink ifthere is a problem with speed limitcontrol system.If this occurs, have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.


565

The Lane Keeping Assist System detectslane markers on the road, and assists thedriver’s steering to help keep the vehiclebetween lanes. When the system detectsthe vehicle straying from its lane, it alertsthe driver with a visual and audible warn-ing, while applying a slight counter-steer-ing torque, trying to prevent the vehiclefrom moving out of its lane.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST SYSTEM (LKAS) (IF EQUIPPED)

OVF051055

OVF051071

WARNING• The steering wheel is not contin-

uously controlled so if the vehiclespeed is very fast when leaving alane the vehicle may not be con-trolled by the system.

• It is the responsibility of the driv-er to drive safely.

• Do not steer the steering wheelsuddenly when the steeringwheel is being assisted by thesystem.

• LKAS prevents the driver frommoving out of the lane uninten-tionally by assisting the driver'ssteering. However, the drivershould not solely rely on the sys-tem but always pay attention onthe steering wheel to stay in thelane.

• Always check the road conditionand surroundings and be cau-tious when the system cancels,does not operate or malfunc-tions.

• Do not place any accessories,stickers or tint the windshieldnear the rearview mirror.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The system detects lane markers

and controls the steering wheelby a camera, therefore, if the lanemarkers are hard to detect, thesystem may not work properly.Please refer to "Driver's Attention".

• Do not remove any LKAS parts orapply impact.

• Do not place objects on the dash-board that reflects light such asmirrors, white paper, etc.The sys-tem may malfunction if the sun-light is reflected.

• Loud audio sounds may interferewith the passenger from hearingwarning chimes.

• Always have your hands on thesteering wheel while the LKASsystem is activated. If you contin-ue to drive with your hands offthe steering wheel after the"Hand on" warning, the systemwill turn off automatically.

• If you drive very fast, the vehiclemay stray out of the lane. Alwaysbe cautious when using the sys-tem.

5 57


LKAS operation• To turn on the LKAS, push the button

with the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.

• The LKAS indicator (green) will illumi-nate.

• To turn off the system, press the buttonagain. The indicator turns off.

LKAS activation• The LKAS screen will appear on the

LCD display if the system is activated.• When both lanes are detected and all

the conditions to activate the LKAS aresatisfied, the steering wheel will becontrolled (green steering wheel indi-cator will illuminate).

• If the system detects a lane, the colorchanges from black to white.

OVF051059OVF051072

WARNINGThe Lane Keeping Assist System isa system to prevent the driver fromleaving the lane. However, the driv-er should not solely rely on the sys-tem but always check the road con-ditions when driving.

OVF051057

■ Lane undetected ■ Lane detected


585

• If the system detects the left lane, theleft lane color will change from black towhite.

• If the system detects the right lane, theright lane color will change from blackto white.

• Both lanes must be detected for thesystem to fully activate.

• If only one of the lane is detected, thesystem will warn (warning beep andblinking yellow lane) the driver whenthe driver crosses the detected lane.

Warning • If you cross a lane, the lane you cross

will blink (yellow) on the LCD displaywith an audible warning.

• If the steering wheel appears, the sys-tem will control the vehicle’s steering toprevent the vehicle from crossing thelane.

• If all the conditions to activate LKAS isnot satisfied, the system will convert toLDWS and warn the driver only whenthe driver crosses the lane markers.

OVF051058

■ Left lane detected ■ Right lane detected

OVF051062

■ Left lane ■ Right lane

OVF051063

■ Left lane ■ Right lane

5 59


• If the driver takes one’s hands off thesteering wheel while the LKAS is acti-vated, the system will warn the driverafter several seconds with a visual andaudible warning.

• If the driver still does not have one’shand on the steering wheel after sev-eral seconds, the system will be auto-matically cancelled.

✽✽ NOTICE• Even though the steering is assisted by

the system, the driver may control thesteering.

• The steering wheel may feel heavierwhen the steering wheel is assisted bythe system than when it is not.

WARNINGThe warning message may appearlate according to road conditions.Therefore, always have your handson the steering wheel while driving.

WARNING• The driver is responsible for

accurate steering.• Turn off the system and drive the

vehicle personally in below situa-tions.- In bad weather- In bad road condition- When the steering wheel needs

to be controlled by the driverfrequently.

OVF051061 OVF051066


605

A message will appear on the LCD dis-play if the condition to activate the LKASis not satisfied. Also, an audible warningwill be heard. The warning will disappearwhen the conditions are met.

The system will be cancelled when:

• Vehicle speed is below 60 km/h (37.3mph) and over 150 km/h (93.2 mph).

• Only one lane is detected.• Always turn on the turn signal to

change lanes. If you change laneswithout the turn signal on, the steeringwheel might be controlled.

• The hazard warning light is on.• The width of the lane is below 2.7 m

and over 4.5 m.• ESP(Electronic Stability Program) and

VSM(Vehicle stability management)are activated.

• When the system is on or after chang-ing a lane, drive in the middle of thelane. If not, the system will not providethe steering assist function.

• The steering will not be assisted whenyou drive fast on a sharp curve.

• The steering will not be assisted whenyou change lanes fast.

• The steering will not be assisted whenyou brake suddenly.

DRIVER'S ATTENTIONThe driver must be cautious in thebelow situations for the system may notassist the driver and may not workproperly.• The lane is not visible due to snow,

rain, stain, a puddle or many otherthings.

• The brightness of the outside changessuddenly such as passing through atunnel.

• Not turning on the headlight or thelight is weak even at night or in a tun-nel.

• Difficult to distinguish the color of thelane maker from the road.

• Driving on a steep grade or a curve.• Light reflects from the water on the

road such as sunlight, streetlight orthe light of oncoming vehicles.

• The lens or windshield is stained withforeign matter.

• The sensor cannot detect the lanebecause of fog, heavy rain or heavysnow.

• The surrounding of the inside rearview mirror temperature is high dueto direct light.

• The lane is very wide or narrow.• The lane marker is damaged or indis-

tinct.

OVF051065

5 61


• The shadow is on the lane marker bya median strip.

• There is a mark similar to a lanemarker.

• There is a boundary structure.• The distance from vehicle ahead is

very short or the vehicle ahead driveshiding the lane marker.

• The vehicle shakes heavily.• The lane number increases or decreas-

es or the lane marker are crossingcomplicatedly.

• Placing something on the dashboard.• Driving with the sun in front of you.• Driving in areas under construction.• The lane marker is more than two.• The lane marker in a tunnel is hard to

distinguish due to dust or grease.• The lane marker is hard to distinguish

after raining at night.• The lane marker is hard to distinguish

due to dust.

LKAS malfunction• If there is a problem with the system a

message will appear for 2 secondswith an audible warning. If the problemcontinues the LKAS fail indicator willilluminate.

LKAS fail indicatorThe LKAS fail indicator (yellow) will illu-minate with an audible warning if theLKAS is not working properly. Take yourvehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er and have the system checked.

OVF051064 OVF051056


625

When there is a problem with the systemdo one of the following:

• Turn the system on after turning theengine off and on again.

• Check if the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

• Check if the system is affected by theweather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.)

• Check if there is foreign matter on thecamera lens

If the problem is not solved, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Lane Departure Warning System(LDWS)• The system can be converted to LKA

to LDW at the “User setting” mode.Refer to “User setting” in section 4.

• LDWS alerts the driver with a visualand audible warning when the systemdetects the vehicle straying from itslane.

• If the LDWS is operating the indicator(white) will illuminate.

• The steering wheel will not be con-trolled.

5 63


ECONOMICAL OPERATIONYour vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manykilometers (miles) you can get from aliter (gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehi-cle as economically as possible, use thefollowing driving suggestions to helpsave money in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Do not make "jack-rabbit"starts or full-throttle shifts and maintaina steady cruising speed. Do not racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you do not haveto change speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Do not "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in section 7. If youdrive your vehicle in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required(see section 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Do not carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Do not let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.


645

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Do not "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock (if equipped)resulting in loss of vehicle steeringwhich could cause serious injuryor death.

5 65


Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehicle isdefined as a Multi Purpose Vehicle(MPV). MPV’s have higher ground clear-ance and a narrower track to make themcapable of performing in a wide variety ofroad applications. Specific design char-acteristics give them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary vehicles. An advan-tage of the higher ground clearance is abetter view of the road, which allows youto anticipate problems. They are notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passenger vehi-cles. Due to this risk, driver and passen-gers are strongly recommended to buck-le their seat belts. In a rollover crash, anunbelted person is more likely to die thana person wearing a seat belt. There aresteps that a driver can make to reducethe risk of a rollover. If at all possible,avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers,do not load your roof rack with heavycargo, and never modify your vehicle inany way.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.


665

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between 1st (First)and R (Reverse) in vehicles equippedwith a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle.Do not race the engine, and spin thewheels as little as possible. If you are stillstuck after a few tries, have the vehiclepulled out by a tow vehicle to avoidengine overheating and possible dam-age to the transaxle.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with tiresdesigned to provide safe ride andhandling capability. Do not use asize and type of tire and wheel thatis different from the one that isoriginally installed on your vehicle.It can affect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, which couldlead to steering failure or rolloverand serious injury. When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip all fourtires with the tire and wheel of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If you never-theless decide to equip your vehi-cle with any tire/wheel combinationnot recommended by HYUNDAI foroff road driving, you should not usethese tires for highway driving.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Multi Purpose Vehicle(MPV), failure to operate this vehi-cle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol, an accident or vehiclerollover.• Utility vehicles have a significant-

ly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles.

• Specific design characteristics(higher ground clearance, nar-rower track, etc.) give this vehiclea higher center of gravity thanordinary vehicles.

• A MPV is not designed for cor-nering at the same speeds asconventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

• In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more like-ly to die than a person wearing aseat belt. Make sure everyone inthe vehicle is properly buckledup.

5 67


✽✽ NOTICEThe ESP system should be turned OFFprior to rocking the vehicle.

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.


685

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

Highway drivingTires Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check the tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to section8, “Tires and wheels”.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourvehicle. For further informationand tread limits, refer to section7, “Tires and wheels”.

5 69


Severe weather conditions in the winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize the problems of winterdriving, you should follow these sugges-tions:

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your vehicle. Furthermore,speeding, rapid acceleration, suddenbrake applications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all countries.Check the country laws before fittingtire chains.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005


705

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than12 mm (0.47 in). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.Install tire chains only on the front tires.

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.5 to 1 km (0.3 to0.6 miles) to ensure safe mount-ing. Retighten or remount thechains if they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(Park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

1VQA3007

5 71


Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.


725

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the vehicle to be sure themovement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er, you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tire chains, towstraps or chains, flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, win-dow scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-alls, blanket, etc.

5 73


If you are considering towing with yourvehicle, you should first check with yourcountry's Department of Motor Vehiclesto determine their legal requirements.Since laws vary the requirements for tow-ing trailers, cars, or other types of vehi-cles or apparatus may differ. Ask anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for furtherdetails before towing.

✽✽ NOTICE - For Europe• The technically permissible maximum

load on the rear axle(s) may beexceeded by not more than 15 % andthe technically permissible maximumladen mass of the vehicle may beexceeded by not more than 10 % or100 kg (220.4 lbs), whichever value islower. In this case, do not exceed 100km/h (62.1 mph) for vehicle of catego-ry M1 or 80 km/h (49.7 mph) for vehi-cle of category N1.

• When a vehicle of category M1 is tow-ing a trailer, the additional loadimposed at the trailer coupling devicemay cause the tire maximum load rat-ings to be exceeded, but not by morethan 15 %. In this case, do not exceed100 km/h (62.1 mph) and increase thetire inflation pressure by at least 0.2bar.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also considerably adds windresistance, increasing the pulling require-ments.

TRAILER TOWING

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

WARNING - Towing a trailerIf you don't use the correct equip-ment and/or drive improperly, youcan lose control when you pull atrailer. For example, if the trailer istoo heavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, GCW (gross combi-nation weight), GVW (gross vehicleweight), GAW (gross axle weight )and trailer tongue load are all with-in the limits.


745

✽✽ NOTICE - Location of trailermounting

The mounting hole for hitches are locat-ed on both sides of the underbodybehind the rear tires.

HitchesIt's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Do you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you do not seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

• A HYUNDAI accessory trailer hitch isavailable at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

OVF061016

5 75


Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to yourcountry’s regulations and that it is prop-erly installed and operating correctly.If your trailer weight exceeds the maxi-mum allowed weight without trailerbrakes, then the trailer will also require itsown brakes as well. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Do not tap into or modify your vehicle's

brake system.

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal wellin advance.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.


765

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It is importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer canassist you in installing the wiring harness.

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45mph) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat.If the needle of the coolant tem-perature gauge moves across thedial towards “130/H (HOT)”, pullover and stop as soon as it is safeto do so, and allow the engine toidle until it cools down. You mayproceed once the engine hascooled sufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

5 77


Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached toyour vehicle, you should not park yourvehicle on a hill. People can be seriouslyor fatally injured, and both your vehicleand the trailer can be damaged if unex-pectedly roll down hill.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here is how to do it:1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.

Turn the steering wheel in the directionof the curb (right if headed down hill,left if headed up hill).

2. If the vehicle has a manual transaxle,place the car in neutral. If the vehiclehas an automatic transaxle, place thecar in P (Park).

3. Set the parking brake and shut off thevehicle.

4. Place chocks under the trailer wheelson the down hill side of the wheels.

5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shiftto neutral, release the parking brakeand slowly release the brakes until thetrailer chocks absorb the load.

6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the park-ing brake and shift the vehicle to R(Reverse) for manual transaxle or P(Park) for automatic transaxle.

7. Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the parkingbrake set.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death, should the trail-er break loose.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.


785

When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill

1. With the manual transaxle in Neutralor automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it is a good idea toreview these sections before you startyour trip.Do not forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the airconditioner and stop the vehiclein a safe area to cool down theengine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith an air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.

5 79


If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• Do not do any towing with your car dur-

ing its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 100 km/h (60mph)).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

Engine

Item

Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine

Nu 2.0 Gamma1.6

U2 1.7(Low) U2 1.7 (High)

M/T A/T M/T M/T M/T A/T

Maximum

trailer weight

kg (Ibs.)

Without brakeSystem

700(1543)

700(1543)

600(1323)

700(1543)

700(1543)

700(1543)

With brakeSystem

1500(3307)

1500(3307)

1300(2866)

1500(3307)

1800(3968)

1500(3307)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on the couplingdevice kg (Ibs.)

70(154)

70(154)

60(132)

80(176)

80(176)

70(154)

Recommended distance fromrear wheel center to couplingpoint mm (Inch)

1180 (46.4)

Engine

Item

Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine

Nu 2.0 U2 1.7

M/T A/T M/T M/T

Maximum

trailer weight

kg (Ibs.)

Without brakeSystem

650(1433)

650(1433)

700(1543)

650(1433)

With brake System 1300(2866)

1300(2866)

1500(3307)

1300(2866)

Maximum permissible static vertical loadon the coupling device kg (Ibs.)

60(132)

60(132)

70(154)

60(132)

Recommended distance from rear wheelcenter to coupling point mm (Inch)

1180 (46.4)

M/T : Manual transaxleA/T : Automatic transaxle

For Europe

Except Europe


805

Weight of the trailerWhat is the maximum safe weight of atrailer? It should never weigh more thanthe maximum trailer weight with trailerbrakes. But even that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumpermissible trailer tongue load. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

5 81


✽✽ NOTICEWith increasing altitude the engine per-formance decreases. From 1.000 mabove sea level and for every 1.000 mthereafter 10% of vehicle/trailer weight(trailer weighter + gross vehicle weight)must be deducted.

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the certification label:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rat-ing)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label.

Overloading

VEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNING - Vehicle weightThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the certification labelattached to the driver's (or frontpassenger’s) door. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an acci-dent or vehicle damage. You cancalculate the weight of your load byweighing the items (and people)before putting them in the vehicle.Be careful not to overload yourvehicle.

5 82


6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-3If the engine does not start / 6-4Emergency starting / 6-5If the engine overheats / 6-7If you have a flat tire / 6-8Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-16If you have a flat tire (with TireMobilityKit) / 6-21Towing / 6-26Emergency commodity / 6-30



26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Press the flasher switch with the ignitionswitch in any position. The flasher switchis located in the center console switchpanel. All turn signal lights will flashsimultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• The hazard warning flasher shouldalways be on while the vehicle is beingtowed.

OVF061001

6 3


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVINGIf the engine stalls at a crossroador crossing• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

• If your vehicle has a manual transaxlenot equipped with a ignition lockswitch, the vehicle can move forwardby shifting to the 2(Second) or 3(Third)gear and then turning the starter with-out depressing the clutch pedal.

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has slowedto such a speed that it is safe to do so,brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possibleand park on firm, level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do not parkin the median area between the twotraffic lanes.

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (automatic transaxle) or reverse(manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the vehicle that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle does not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.


46

IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT STARTIf engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK/

OFF position, check all connectors atignition, coil and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

WARNINGIf the engine does not start, do notpush or pull the vehicle to start it.This could result in a collision orcause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter (if equipped) tobe overloaded and create a fire haz-ard.

6 5


EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

■ Engine compartment

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)


66

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-voltand that its negative terminal is grounded.

2. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,do not allow the vehicles to touch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads.4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact

sequence shown in the illustration. Firstconnect one end of a jumper cable to thepositive terminal of the discharged bat-tery (1), then connect the other end to thepositive terminal on the booster battery(2). Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative termi-nal of the booster battery (3), then theother end to a solid, stationary, metallicpoint (for example, the engine liftingbracket) away from the battery (4). Do notconnect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to contactanything except the correct battery termi-nals or the correct ground. Do not leanover the battery when making connec-tions.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem. Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started. Followthe directions in this section for jump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cable fromthe negative terminal of the boosterbattery to the negative terminal of thedischarged battery. This can causethe discharged battery to overheatand crack, releasing battery acid.

CAUTION - AGM battery (if equipped)

• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) bat-teries are maintenance-free andshould only be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer. Forcharging your AGM battery, useonly fully automatic batterychargers that are specially devel-oped for AGM batteries.

• When replacing the AGM battery,use only the HYUNDAI genuinebattery for the ISG system.

• Do not open or remove the cap ontop of the battery. This may causeleaks of internal electrolyte thatcould result in severe injury.

• If the AGM battery is reconnectedor replaced, ISG function will notoperate immediately.If you want to use the ISG func-tion, the battery sensor needs tobe calibrated for approximately 4hours with the ignition off.

6 7


IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you will experience a loss ofpower, or hear loud pinging or knocking,the engine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom the hood, stop the engine. Do notopen the hood until the coolant hasstopped running or the steaming hasstopped. If there is no visible loss ofengine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan is operat-ing. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, checkfor coolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGWhile the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to blow out of theopening and cause serious burns.


86

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment.Pull up the luggage box cover toreach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly and fasten the jack screwfully.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OVF061002

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on firm level ground.If you cannot find a firm levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)

6 9


Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt (1)counterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OVF061003

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OED066033


106

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

OVF061004 OVF061005

6 11


7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OVF061007 OVF061008


126

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery nut following the numericalsequence shown in the image untilthey are all tight. Then double-checkeach nut for tightness. After changingwheels, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheelnuts to their proper torque as soonas possible.

WARNING• Wheels and wheel covers may

have sharp edges. Handlethem carefully to avoid possi-ble severe injury.

• Before putting the wheel intoplace, be sure that there isnothing on the hub or wheel(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.)that interferes with the wheelfrom fitting solidly against thehub. If there is, remove it. Ifthere is not good contact onthe mounting surface betweenthe wheel and hub, the wheelnuts could come loose andcause the loss of a wheel.Loss of a wheel may result inloss of control of the vehicle.This may cause serious injuryor death.

OVF061009

6 13


Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 8.


146

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough to avoid all hazards. Anyroad hazard, such as a pothole ordebris, could seriously damage thecompact spare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at the speedover 80 km/h (50 mph). Theoriginal tire should be repairedor replaced as soon as possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

6 15


• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


166

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

(2) Low tire pressure position telltale(Shown on the LCD display)

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly 1 minute and then remain continu-ously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehiclestart-ups as long as the malfunctionexists. When the TPMS malfunctionindicator remains illuminated afterblinking for approximately 1 minute,the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intend-ed.

OVF061011

OVF061012


6 17


TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from function-ing properly. Always check theTPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheelson your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continueto function properly.

✽✽ NOTICETake your vehicle to the nearestauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked if any ofthe below happens:1.The low tire pressure telltale/

TPMS malfunction indicator andlow tire pressure position telltaledo not illuminate.

2.The TPMS malfunction indicatorremains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 1 minute.

3.The Low tire pressure positiontelltale remains illuminated.

Low tire pressure tell-tale

Low tire pressure posi-tion telltale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. The lowtire pressure position telltale light willindicate which tire is significantlyunder-inflated by illuminating the cor-responding position light.If either telltale illuminates, immedi-ately reduce your speed, avoid hardcornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tires as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tires to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tire inflation pressurelabel located on the driver’s side cen-ter pillar outer panel. If you cannotreach a service station or if the tirecannot hold the newly added air,replace the low pressure tire with aspare tire.

After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, one of the fol-lowing will happen:• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may blink for approximately 1minute and then remain continuous-ly illuminated because the TPMSsensor is not mounted on the sparewheel. (changed tire equipped witha sensor not in the vehicle)

• The TPMS malfunction indicator willremain continuously illuminatedwhile driving because the TPMSsensor is not mounted on the sparewheel. (changed tire equipped witha sensor in the vehicle)


186

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under infla-tion warning at the same time as sys-tem failure then the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator remains illuminatedafter blinking for approximately 1minute and the low tire pressure posi-tion telltale will illuminate e.g. if FrontLeft sensor fails, the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator remains illuminatedafter blinking for approximately 1minute, but if the Front Right, RearLeft, or Rear Right tire is under-inflat-ed, the low tire pressure position tell-tales may illuminate together with theTPMS malfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale mayilluminate if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

6 19


Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the low TirePressure and Position telltales willcome on. Have the flat tire repairedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible or replace theflat tire with the spare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, one of the fol-lowing will happen:• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may blink for approximately 1minute and then remain continuous-ly illuminated because the TPMSsensor is not mounted on the sparewheel. (changed tire equipped witha sensor not in the vehicle)

• The TPMS malfunction indicator willremain continuously illuminatedwhile driving because the TPMSsensor is not mounted on the sparewheel. (changed tire equipped witha sensor in the vehicle)

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may blink for approximate-ly 1 minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may blink for approximate-ly 1 minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated ifsnow chains are used or someseparate electronic devicessuch as notebook computer,mobile charger, remote starteror navigation etc., are used inthe vehicle. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

CAUTIONNever use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by HYUNDAIto repair and/or inflate a lowpressure tire.The tire sealant notapproved by HYUNDAI may dam-age the tire pressure sensor.The sealant on the tire pressuresensor and wheel shall be elem-inated when you replace the tirewith a new one.


206

You may not be able identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that3 hour period).Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

CAUTIONDo not use any tire sealantexcept the Tire Mobility Kitapproved by HYUNDAI if yourvehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System.The liquid sealant can damagethe tire pressure sensors.

6 21


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIREMOBILITYKIT, IF EQUIPPED)

Please read the instructions beforeusing the TireMobilityKit.(1) Compressor(2) Sealant bottle

IntroductionWith the TireMobilityKit you stay mobileeven after experiencing a tire puncture.The system of compressor and seal-ing compound effectively and comfort-ably seals most punctures in a pas-senger car tire caused by nails or sim-ilar objects and reinflates the tire.After you ensured that the tire is prop-erly sealed you can drive cautiouslyon the tire (up to 200 km (120 miles))at a max. speed of 80 km/h (50 mph)in order to reach a vehicle or tire deal-er to have the tire replaced.It is possible that some tires, especiallywith larger punctures or damage to thesidewall, cannot be sealed completely.

Air pressure loss in the tire mayadversely affect tire performance.For this reason, you should avoidabrupt steering or other drivingmaneuvers, especially if the vehicle isheavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.The TireMobilityKit is not designed orintended as a permanent tire repairmethod and is to be used for one tireonly.This instruction shows you step bystep how to temporarily seal thepuncture simply and reliably.Read the section "Notes on the safeuse of the TireMobilityKit".

OEL069019

WARNINGDo not use the TireMobilityKit ifa tire is severely damaged bydriving run flat or with insuffi-cient air pressure.Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of thetire can be sealed using theTireMobilityKit.Damage to the sidewall mustnot be repaired due to safety rea-sons.

OVF061010


226

0. Speed restriction label1. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel

3. Connectors and cable for thepower outlet direct connection

4. Holder for the sealant bottle5. Compressor6. On/off switch7. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure

8. Button for reducing tire inflationpressure

9. Hose to connect compressor andsealant bottle or compressor andwheel

Connectors, cable and connectionhose are stored in the compressorhousing.

WARNING• Before using the TireMobilityKit,

follow the instructions on thesealant bottle.

• Remove the label with thespeed restriction from thesealant bottle and apply it to thesteering wheel.

• Please note the expiry date onthe sealant bottle.

Components of the TireMobilityKit

OEL069020

6 23


Using the TireMobilityKit1. Filling the sealantStrictly follow the specified sequence,otherwise the sealant may escapeunder high pressure.1) Shake the sealant bottle.2) Screw connection hose 9 onto the

connector of the sealant bottle.3) Ensure that button 8 on the com-

pressor is not pressed.4) Unscrew the valve cap from the

valve of the defective wheel andscrew filling hose 2 of the sealantbottle onto the valve.

5) Insert the sealant bottle into thehousing of the compressor so thatthe bottle is upright.

6) Ensure that the compressor isswitched off, position 0.

7) Connect between compressorand the vehicle power outlet usingthe cable and connectors.

8) With the ignition switched on:Switch on the compressor and let itrun for approximately 3 minutes to fillthe sealant. The inflation pressure ofthe tire after filling is unimportant.

9) Switch off the compressor.10) Detach the hoses from the

sealant bottle connector andfrom the tire valve.

Return the TireMobilityKit to its stor-age location in the vehicle.

WARNINGCarbon monoxide poisoningand suffocation is possible if theengine is left running in a poorlyventilated or unventilated loca-tion (such as inside a building).

OEL069019


246

Distributing the sealantImmediately drive approximately 3 km(2 miles) to evenly distribute thesealant in the tire.

Producing the tire inflation pres-sure1) After driving approximately 3 km (2

miles), stop at a suitable location.2) Connect connection hose 9 of the

compressor directly to the tirevalve.

3) Connect between compressorand the vehicle power outlet usingthe cable and connectors.

4) Adjust the tire inflation pressure tothe recommended tire pressure insection 8. With the ignitionswitched on, proceed as follows.

- To increase the inflation pres-sure: Switch on the compressor,position I. To check the currentinflation pressure setting, brieflyswitch off the compressor.

- To reduce the inflation pres-sure: Press the button 8 on thecompressor.

WARNINGDo not let the compressor run formore than 10 minutes, otherwisethe device will overheat and maybe damaged.

WARNINGThe tire inflation pressure mustbe at least 200 kPa (29 psi). If it isnot, do not continue driving. Callfor road side service or towing.

CAUTIONDo not exceed a speed of 80km/h (50 mph). If possible, donot fall below a speed of 20km/h (12 mph).While driving, if you experienceany unusual vibration, ride dis-turbance or noise, reduce yourspeed and drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off ofthe side of the road.Call for road side service or tow-ing.

CAUTIONIf the inflation pressure is notmaintained, drive the vehicle asecond time, refer toDistributing the sealant. Thenrepeat steps 1 to 4.Use of the TireMobilityKit maybe ineffectual for tire damagelarger than approximately 4 mm(0.16 in).Please contact the nearestHYUNDAI dealer, or a workshopthat works according toHYUNDAI repair procedureswith correspondingly trainedpersonnel if the tire cannot bemade roadworthy with theTireMobilityKit.

6 25


Notes on the safe use of theTireMobilityKit• Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with theTireMobilityKit away from movingtraffic. Place your warning trianglein a prominent place to make pass-ing vehicles aware of your location.

• To be sure your vehicle won'tmove, even when you're on fairlylevel ground, always set your park-ing brake.

• Only use the TireMobilityKit forsealing/inflation passenger cartires. Do not use on motorcycles,bicycles or any other type of tires.

• Do not remove any foreign objects-such as nails or screws -that havepenetrated the tire.

• Before using the TireMobilityKit,read the precautionary adviceprinted on the sealant bottle!

• Provided the car is outdoors, leavethe engine running. Otherwiseoperating the compressor mayeventually drain the car battery.

• Never leave the TireMobilityKitunattended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-ning for more than 10 min. at a timeor it may overheat.

• Do not use the TireMobilityKit if theambient temperature is below -30°C (-22°F).

• Do not use the sealing compoundafter its expiration date which canbe found on the label of the bottle.

• Keep away from children.

Technical DataSystem voltage: DC 12 VWorking voltage: DC 10 - 15 VAmperage rating: max. 15 ASuitable for use at temperatures:

-30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F)Max. working pressure:

6 bar (87 psi)Size Compressor: 168 x 150 x 68 mm

(6.6 x 5.9 x 2.7 in.)Sealant bottle: 104 x ø 85 mm

(4.1 x ø 3.3 in.)Compressor weight:

1.05 kg (2.31 lbs)Sealant volume:

300 ml (18.3 cu. in.)

✽✽ NOTICESealing compound and spare parts canbe obtained and replaced at an author-ized vehicle or tire dealer. Empty sealingcompound bottles may be disposed of athome. Liquid residue from the sealingcompound should be disposed of by yourvehicle or tire dealer or in accordancewith local waste disposal regulations.

WARNINGHave your tire repaired as soonas possible. The tire may looseair pressure at any time afterinflating with the TMK.

CAUTIONThe Tire Mobility Kit is a tempo-rary fix to the tire and the tireshould be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION -TPMS (if equipped)

When using Tire Mobility Kit, thetire sealant can damage the tirepressure sensor. After using theTire Mobility Kit, have the tirepressure sensor checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


266

TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

OED066011

OED066012

dolly

OED066014

OED066013

6 27


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook(if equipped)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the frontbumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OVF061013

OVF061014

OVF061015

■ Front

■ Rear


286

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speed. Also, the wheels,axles, power train, steering and brakesmust all be in good condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles should com-municate with each other frequently.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

6 29


• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

OXM069009

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph)and drive less than 1.5 km (1mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED) There are some emergency commoditiesin the vehicle to help you respond to theemergency situation.

Fire extinguisherIf there is small fire and you know how touse the fire extinguisher, take the follow-ing steps carefully.1. Pull the pin at the top of the extin-

guisher that keeps the handle frombeing accidentally pressed.

2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of thefire.

3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) awayfrom the fire and squeeze the handleto discharge the extinguisher. If yourelease the handle, the discharge willstop.

4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at thebase of the fire. After the fire appearsto be out, watch it carefully since itmay re-ignite.

First aid kit There are some items such as scissors,bandage and adhesive tape and etc. inthe kit to give first aid to an injured per-son.

Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road towarn oncoming vehicles during emer-gencies, such as when the vehicle isparked by the roadside due to any prob-lems.

Tire pressure gauge (If equipped)Tires normally lose some air in day-to-day use, and you may have to add a fewpounds of air periodically and it is notusually a sign of a leaking tire, but of nor-mal wear. Always check tire pressurewhen the tires are cold because tire pres-sure increases with temperature.

To check the tire pressure, take the fol-lowing steps:1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is

located on the rim of the tire.2. Press and hold the gauge against the

tire valve. Some air will escape as youbegin and more will escape if you don'tpress the gauge in firmly.

3. A firm non-leaking push will activatethe gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge toknow whether the tire pressure is lowor high.

5. Adjust the tire pressures to the speci-fied pressure. Refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 8.

6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.

6 30


7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-5Owner maintenance / 7-7Scheduled maintenance service / 7-9Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-41Engine oil / 7-44Engine coolant / 7-45Brake/clutch fluid / 7-48Washer fluid / 7-49Fuel filter / 7-50Air cleaner / 7-51Climate control air filter / 7-53Wiper blades 7-55Battery / 7-58Tires and wheels / 7-61Fuses / 7-71

Light bulbs / 7-85Appearance care / 7-99Emission control system / 7-105

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OVF071002

1. Engine oil dipstick

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine coolant reservoir

4. Radiator cap

5. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7. Air cleaner

8. Positive battery terminal

9. Negative battery terminal

10. Fuse box* : if equipped

■■ Gasoline Engine (1.6L)

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7 3

Maintenance

OVF071001




4. Radiator cap



7. Air cleaner




■■ Gasoline Engine (2.0L)


Maintenance

47

OVF071003




4. Radiator cap



7. Fuel filter

8. Air cleaner




■■ Diesel Engine (1.7L)


7 5

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Service Passport.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Service Passport provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

Maintenance

67

Engine compartment precautions(Diesel engine)• The injector operates at high voltage

(maximum 200v).Therefore, the follow-ing accidents may occur.- Direct contact with the injector or

injector wiring may cause electricshock or damage your muscle ornerve system.

- The electromagnetic wave from theoperating injector may cause the arti-ficial heart pacemaker to malfunction.

• Follow the safety tips provided below,when you are checking the engineroom while the engine is running.- Do not touch the injector, injector

wirings, and the engine computerwhile the engine is running.

- Do not remove the injector connectorwhile the engine is running.

- People using pacemakers must notgo near the engine while the engineis starting or running.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

WARNING - Diesel EngineNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High-pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high-pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touches the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room while engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theelectronic engine control systemproduce considerable magneticfields.

7 7

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check manual transaxle operation,including clutch operation.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

Maintenance

87

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid

level.

7 9

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Scheduleif the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 32°C(90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After the periods or distance shown inthe chart, continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

Maintenance

107

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (1.6L/2.0L) - GDI/DIESEL ENGINE (1.7L) (ONLY EUROPE)

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

*1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350miles) or before starting a long trip.

*2 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It isapplicable only when using a qualified fuel <"EN590 orequivalent">. If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet theEN590, it must be replaced according to the severe mainte-nance schedule.

*3 : If the recommended oil is not available, replace engine oiland engine oil filter every 20,000 km or 12 months.

*4 : If the recommended oil and oil filter are not available,replace engine oil and engine oil filter every 15,000 km or12 months.

*5 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and main-tained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

*6 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It isapplicable only when using a qualified fuel <"EN590 orequivalent">. If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet theEN590, it must be replaced more frequently. If there aresome important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc., replacethe fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance sched-ule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*7 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but peri-odic inspection is recommended for this maintenanceschedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some impor-tant matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power,hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediatelyregardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*8 : Manual transaxle fluid should be changed anytime theyhave been submerged in water.

*9 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and ifnecessary correct or replace.

*10 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or softwater for your vehicle and never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixturecan result in serious malfunction or engine damage.

*11 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibrationand adjust if necessary. An authorized HYUNDAI dealershould perform the operation.

*12 : If good quality gasolines that meet Europe Fuel standards(EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not avail-able, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives areavailable from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

*13 : Driving in outer temperature over 40 °C (104 °F) or drivingover 170 km/h (106 mile/h) must conform the severe drivingcondition.

7 11

Maintenance

30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)

❑ Inspect battery condition

❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections(30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 12 months)

❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads(30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 12 months)

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust system

❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections (Diesel)

❑ Inspect parking brake(30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 12 months)

❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots

❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)(30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 12 months)

❑ Replace brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid

(Continued)

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (1.6L/2.0L) - GDI/DIESEL ENGINE (1.7L) (ONLY EUROPE) (CONT.)

(Continued)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (Diesel) *1 *2 *3 *5

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (Gasoline) *1 *4 *5 *13

❑ Replace fuel filter cartridge (Diesel) *6

❑ Add fuel additives (Gasoline) *12

(Every 15,000 km or 12months)

Maintenance

7










❑ Inspect fuel filter *7

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections (Gasoline, Diesel)

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter

❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) *8




❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter






❑ Replace spark plugs (Nickel) (Gasoline)

❑ Inspect cooling system(At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48monthsafter that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)



12

7 13

Maintenance















❑ Inspect valve clearance (Gasoline 1.6) *11

(Continued)

(Continued)







❑ Inspect drive belt (Diesel) *9

(At first, 90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48monthsafter that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)

❑ Inspect drive belt (Gasoline) *9

(At first, 90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72monthsafter that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months )



Maintenance

147










❑ Inspect fuel filter (Gasoline) *7

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections (Gasoline, Diesel)






❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap

(Continued)

(Continued)


❑ Replace brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid








(At first, 90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48months after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)





7 15

Maintenance















(Continued)

(Continued)






❑ Replace spark plugs (Iridium) (Gasoline)








Maintenance

167











❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections(Gasoline, Diesel)






❑ Inspect valve clearance (Gasoline 1.6) *11


(Continued)

(Continued)















7 17

Maintenance



















(Continued)

(Continued)







❑ Replace coolant *10

(At first, 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 monthsafter that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)



Maintenance

187











❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections(Gasoline, Diesel)







(Continued)

(Continued)














(At first, 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 monthsafter that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)



No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transaxle fluid

7 19

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (1.6L/2.0L) - GDI/DIESEL ENGINE (1.7L) (ONLY EUROPE) (CONT.)

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

*1 : If the recommended oil and oil filter are not available, replace engine oil and engine oil filter every 7,500 km or 6 months.*2 : If the recommended oil is not available, replace engine oil and engine oil filter every 10,000 km or 6 months.

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING

CONDITION

Engine oil and engine oil filter

Gasoline *1 REvery 15,000 km (10,000 miles)

or 12 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, K, L

Diesel *2 REvery 15,000 km (10,000 miles)

or 12 monthsA, B, C, F, G, H, I, J, K, L

Air cleaner filter RReplace more frequently depending

on the conditionC, E

Spark plug Gasoline RReplace more frequently depending

on the conditionA, B, H, I, L

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, G, H, I, K

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 90,000 km (60,000 miles)A, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, K

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots IInspect more frequently depending

on the conditionC, D, E, F, G

Front suspension ball joints IInspect more frequently depending

on the conditionC, D, E, F, G

Maintenance

207

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5

miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles)in freezing temperature.

B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-tances.

C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads.

D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather

E : Driving in sandy areasF : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot

weather above 32 °C (90 °F)G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.H : Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack.I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing.J : Driving in very cold weather.K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h).L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING

CONDITION

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors

IInspect more frequently depending

on the conditionC, D, E, G, H

Parking brake IInspect more frequently depending

on the conditionC, D, G, H

Drive shaft and boots IInspect more frequently depending

on the conditionC, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

Climate control air filter (if equipped) RReplace more frequently depending

on the conditionC, E, G

7 21

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (2.0L) - MPIThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

*1 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley andif necessary correct or replace.


*3 : Driving in outer temperature over 40 °C (104 °F) or drivingover 170 km/h (106 mile/h) must conform the severe drivingcondition.

*4 : If good quality gasolines that meet Europe Fuel standards(EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not avail-able, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives areavailable from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives

*5 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's intervalwhen you do maintenance of other items.


*7 : If the recommended oil and oil filter are not available, replaceengine oil and engine oil filter every 7,500 km or 6 months.

*8 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but peri-odic inspection is recommended for this maintenanceschedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some impor-tant matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power,hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediate-ly regardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*9 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or softwater for your vehicle and never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture canresult in serious malfunction or engine damage.

*10 : Manual transaxle fluid should be changed anytime theyhave been submerged in water.

Maintenance

227

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (2.0L) - MPI (CONT.)

(Continued)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter - Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7

❑ Replace engine oil and filter - For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7

(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)

❑ Add fuel additives - Except Europe *4

(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)

15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12months

❑ Add fuel additives - For Europe *4

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except China, Middle East



❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections

❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid

❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads




❑ Inspect parking brake


❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For Middle East


(Continued)

7 23

Maintenance







❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid - Except Europe


❑ Inspect drive belt *1





❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter - Except Europe




❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For China, Middle East

❑ Replace brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid - For Europe


(Continued)


(Continued)




❑ Replace spark plugs - Except China(Every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) *5)



Maintenance

247






❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid










(Continued)


(Continued)






7 25

Maintenance








❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid - Except Europe






❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter - For Europe






(Continued)

(Continued)







❑ Replace fuel filter *8

❑ Replace fuel tank air filter - Except Europe




Maintenance

267

















(Continued)


(Continued)







7 27

Maintenance














❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter - Except Europe




(Continued)

(Continued)










Maintenance

287

















(Continued)


(Continued)






7 29

Maintenance















❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter - For Europe







❑ Replace brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid - For Europe(Continued)

(Continued)





❑ Replace fuel filter *8

❑ Replace fuel tank air filter - Except Europe


❑ Replace spark plugs - For China(Every 160,000 km *5)


(At first, 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120monthsafter that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months *5)






Maintenance

307

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (2.0L) - MPIThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance itemMaintenance

operationMaintenance intervals Driving condition

Engine oil and engine oil filter

Except Middle East,Brazil, Libya

REvery 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or

6 months A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K, LFor Middle East,

Brazil, LibyaR

Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months

Air cleaner filter RReplace more frequently

depending on the conditionC, E

Spark plugs RReplace more frequently

depending on the conditionA, B, H, I, L



G, H, I, K

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, F, G

Front suspension ball joints IInspect more frequently


7 31

Maintenance










Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, G, H

Parking brake IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, G, H

Driveshaft and boots IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

Climate control air filter (if equipped) RReplace more frequently

depending on the conditionC, E, G

Maintenance

327

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINE (EXCEPT EUROPE)The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.


*2 : Driving in summer season temperature over 40 °C (104 °F- SAUDI, UAE, OMAN, KUWAIT, BAHRAIN, QATAR, IRAN,YEMEN ETC) or driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) mustconform the severe driving condition.

*3 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It isapplicable only when using a qualified fuel <"EN590 orequivalent">. If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet theEN590, it must be replaced according to the severe mainte-nance schedule.If there are some important safety matters like fuel flowrestriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problemetc., replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of main-tenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for details


*5 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibrationand adjust if necessary. An authorized HYUNDAI dealershould perform the operation.

*6 : Manual transaxle should be changed anytime they havebeen submerged in water.

*7 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but peri-odic inspection is recommended for this maintenanceschedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some impor-tant matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power,hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediate-ly regardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*8 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or softwater for your vehicle and never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture canresult in serious malfunction or engine damage.

*9 : Inspect drive belt tentioner, idler and alternator pulley and ifnecessary repair or replace.

*10 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's intervalwhen you do maintenance of other items.

7 33

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINE (EXCEPT EUROPE) (CONT.)


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except Middle East














❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *3 *4



















❑ Replace fuel filter cartridge *3



Maintenance

347




























❑ Inspect fuel filler cap





❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid *6 (if equipped)

(Continued)

7 35

Maintenance


(Continued)




❑ Replace fuel tank air filter

























Maintenance

367
















(Continued)

(Continued)









7 37

Maintenance
















(Continued)


(Continued)





Maintenance

387












❑ Inspect fuel filler cap





❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid *6 (if equipped)

(Continued)

(Continued)




❑ Replace fuel tank air filter


(At first, 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120monthsafter that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months *10)








7 39

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - FOR DIESEL ENGINE (EXCEPT EUROPE)The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace



Engine oil and engine oil filter REvery 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or

6 monthsA, B, C, F, G, H, I, J, K, L

Air cleaner filter RReplace more frequently

depending on the conditionC, E



G, H, I, K

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots IInspect more frequently


Front suspension ball joints IInspect more frequently


Maintenance

407










Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, G, H

Parking brake IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, G, H

Driveshaft and boots IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

Climate control air filter (if equipped) RReplace more frequently

depending on the conditionC, E, G

7 41

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

WARNING - Diesel onlyNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touch the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room while engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theCommon Rail system produce con-siderable magnetic fields.

Maintenance

427

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter is replaced.

Spark plugs (for gasoline engine)Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

Valve clearance (for gasoline engine 1.6L)Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer shouldperform the operation.

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system parts, such asradiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer in accordance to the scheduledmaintenance at the beginning of thischapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.It is normal condition and you shouldnot judge the need to replace the fluidbased upon the changed color.

7 43

Maintenance

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.For more information on checking thepads or lining wear limit, refer to theHyundai web site.(http://brakemanual.hmc.co.kr)

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the EPB actuator, wiringand connectors.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Maintenance

447

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OVF071004 OVF071005

CAUTION - Diesel engineOverfilling the engine oil may causesevere dieseling due to churningeffect. It may lead to engine damageaccompanied with abrupt enginespeed increment, combustion noiseand white smoke emission.

CAUTION• Do not overfill the engine oil. It

may damage the engine.• Do not spill engine oil, when

adding or changing engine oil. Ifyou drop the engine oil on theengine room, wipe it off immedi-ately.

7 45

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTChanging the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant concentration level at least oncea year, at the beginning of the winter sea-son, and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

• Turn the engine off and wait untilit cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

(Continued)

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

Maintenance

467

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks onthe side of the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water. Bring the levelto F (MAX), but do not overfill. If frequentcoolant refill is required, see an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling sys-tem inspection.

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

OVF071006

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

WARNING The electric motor (cool-ing fan) is controlled byengine coolant tempera-ture, refrigerant pres-sure and vehicle speed.

It may sometimes operate evenwhen the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when workingnear the blades of the cooling fanso that you are not injured by arotating fan blades. As the enginecoolant temperature decreases, theelectric motor will automaticallyshut off. This is a normal condition.If your vehicle is equipped withGDI, the electric motor (cooling fan)may operate until you disconnectthe negative battery cable.

(Continued)• Even if the engine is not operat-

ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

7 47

Maintenance

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNINGRadiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

OVF071007

Maintenance

487

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID

Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake fluid, clean the area aroundthe reservoir cap thoroughly to preventbrake fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capac-ities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposedof properly. Don't put in the wrongkind of fluid. A few drops of miner-al-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

OVF071008

7 49

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary.Also, add washer fluid when the lowwasher fluid level warning indicator ( )illuminates on the instrument cluster.Plain water may be used if washer fluid isnot available. However, use washer sol-vent with antifreeze characteristics incold climates to prevent freezing.

OVF071009

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windshield washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

Maintenance

507

FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)Draining water from fuel filterThe fuel filter for diesel engine plays animportant role of separating water fromfuel and accumulating the water in itsbottom.If water accumulates in the fuel filter, thewarning light comes on when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

If this warning light illuminates,take your car to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and havedrain the water and checkedthe system.

Extracting air from the fuel filterIf you drive until you have no fuel left or ifyou replace the fuel filter, be sure toextract air from the fuel system as itmakes it difficult to start the engine.1. Pump up and down(1) approximately

50 times until the pump is hard.2. Extract air from the fuel filter by remov-

ing the bolt(2) with a cross-tip screwdriver and reinstall the bolt(2).

3. Pump up and down(1) approximately15 times.

4. Extract air from the fuel filter by remov-ing the bolt(2) with a cross-tip screwdriver and reinstall the bolt(2).

5. Pump up and down(1) approximately 5times.

✽✽ NOTICE• Use cloths when you extract air so that

the fuel is not sprayed around.• Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or

the injection pump before starting theengine to prevent fire.

• Finally, check each part if the fuel isleaking.

CAUTIONIf the water accumulated in the fuelfilter is not drained at proper times,damages to the major parts such asthe fuel system can be caused bywater permeation in the fuel filter.

OVF071022

7 51

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OVF071011OVF071010 OVF071012

Maintenance

527

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to “Maintenanceunder severe usage conditions” in thissection.)

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof nongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor or turbo charg-er.

7 53

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in the severelyair-polluted cities or on dusty roughroads for a long period, it should beinspected more frequently and replacedearlier. When you, the owner, replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.Replace the filter according to the main-tenance Schedule.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support strap (1).

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides.

OVF071013 OVF071014

Maintenance

547

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase while pressing the lock on theright side of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it properly. Otherwise, thesystem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OHG070041OVF071015

7 55

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

1JBA5122

Maintenance

567

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it may chipor crack the windshield.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pulldown the blade assembly and remove it.

3. Install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

4. Return the wiper arm to the originalposition.

OHM078059 OHM078060 OHG070043

7 57

Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace the wiperblade.

OED076040 OED076041

Maintenance

587

BATTERY

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

OVF071017

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

Pb

7 59

Maintenance

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)The battery contains lead.Do not dispose of it afteruse. Please return the bat-tery to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to be recy-cled.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

(Continued)

CAUTIONIf you use unauthorized electronicdevices, the battery may be dis-charged. Never use unauthorizeddevices.

Maintenance

607

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger

main switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter-minal.

3. Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive battery termi-nal.

• Before performing maintenanceor recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

7 61

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (1 mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation (70 kPa(10 psi) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OVF081002

Maintenance

627

WARNING - Tire inflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (1mile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 63

Maintenance

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

Maintenance

647

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)

Directional tires (if equipped)

7 65

Maintenance

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

WARNING - Replacingtires

• Driving on worn-out tires isvery hazardous and willreduce braking effectiveness,steering accuracy, and trac-tion.

• Your vehicle is equipped withtires designed to provide forsafe ride and handling capa-bility. Do not use a size andtype of tire and wheel that isdifferent from the one that isoriginally installed on yourvehicle. It can affect the safetyand performance of your vehi-cle, which could lead to han-dling failure or rollover andserious injury.When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip allfour tires with the tire andwheel of the same size, type,tread, brand and load-carryingcapacity.

(Continued)

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

Maintenance

667

Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

(Continued)• The use of any other tire size

or type may seriously affectride, handling, ground clear-ance, stopping distance, bodyto tire clearance, snow tireclearance, and speedometerreliability.

• It is best to replace all fourtires at the same time. If thatis not possible, or necessary,then replace the two front ortwo rear tires as a pair.Replacing just one tire canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) (if equipped) towork irregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

7 67

Maintenance

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)205/60R16 92V

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

687

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

92 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

V - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX16

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tire size designa-tion on the sidewall of the tire. Thissymbol corresponds to that tire'sdesigned maximum safe operatingspeed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years, basedon the manufacturing date, tirestrength and performance, declinewith age naturally (even unusedspare tires). Therefore, the tires(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1611 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2011.

7 69

Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normbecause of variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thisWarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

Maintenance

707

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by thelaw.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

7 71

Maintenance

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.This vehicle has 3 (or 4) fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bolster,the other in the engine compartmentnear the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and multi fuse type for higher amperageratings.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or aluminumfoil instead of the proper fuse -even as a temporary repair. It maycause extensive wiring damageand a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

OVF071101

Normal

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse type

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

Maintenance

727

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OVF071018 OVF071019

7 73

Maintenance

Fuse switchAlways, put the fuse switch at the ONposition.If you move the switch to the OFF posi-tion, some items such as audio and digi-tal clock must be reset and transmitter(or smart key) may not work properly.

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OVF071020

OVF071021

OVF071023

Diesel only

CAUTIONAlways place the fuse switch in theON position while driving the vehi-cle.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse box cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

Maintenance

747

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.5. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Remove the fuse panel on the right

side in the engine compartment.4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse or main fuse is blown,consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OVF071024 OLM079025

7 75

Maintenance

Engine compartment

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Driver’s side panel

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

OVF071025/OVF071026/OVF071028/OVF071027

Diesel only

Maintenance

767

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)No. Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component

1 20APOWER

OUTLET 2Console Power Outlet, Rear Power Outlet

2 30APOWER

TAIL GATEPower Tail Gate

3 10A MODULE 1Smart Key Control Module, BCM, Audio, AMP, JBL AMP, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Over Head Console Lamp, Parking Guide System, Power Outside Mirror Switch

4 10A MODULE 4E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 12), Stop Lamp Switch, Multipurpose Check Connector, Active Air Flap Unit, Fuel Filter Warning Sensor (D4FD)

5 7.5A MODULE 3Smart Key Control Module, BCM, Panorama Sunroof, Rain Sensor, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module, ICM Relay Box (Headlamp Washer Relay)

6 15APOWER

OUTLET 1Front Power Outlet

7 20A P/SEAT PASS Passenger Manual Switch

8 10A HTD MIRR Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, ECM/PCM, A/C Control Module

9 25A AMP AMP, JBL AMP, DC-DC Converter (AMP)

10 25A WIPER FRTICM Relay Box (Rain Sensor Relay), Multifunction Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 7), Front Wiper Motor

11 7.5A A/CONE/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 4), EMS Box (Fuel Heater Relay),Diesel Box (PTC Heater Relay #2/#3), A/C Control Module

12 15ASTEERING

WHEEL HEATERSteering Wheel Heater

7 77

Maintenance

No. Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component

13 25A P/WDW LHPower Window LH Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Driver/Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH, Rear Power Window Switch LH

14 10A PDM 1Tail Gate Open Relay, Trunk Lid Latch (SEDAN), Power Tail Gate Latch/Tail Gate Latch (WAGON), ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Lock/Unlock Relay)

15 30A P/SEAT DRV Driver IMS Module, Driver Manual Switch

16 7.5A MODULE 2

BCM, Immobilizer Module, DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Audio, Electro Chromic Mirror, Lane Keeping Assist Module, A/C Control Module, Head Lamp LH/RH, Driver IMS Module, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module,Portable Lamp, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module, ATM Shift Lever IND., Console Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Modul

17 15A WIPER RR Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch, Rear Curtain Module

18 10A STOP LP Stop Lamp Switch

19 25A P/WDW RHPower Window RH Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Driver/Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module RH, Rear Power Window Switch RH

20 10A PDM 2 Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module

21 7.5A MODULE 5Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Active Air Flap Unit, Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH/RH, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Sport Mode Switch, Key Solenoid

Maintenance

787


22 20A IG1 E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Fuse - F27, F28, F29, F30, F31)

23 10A MODULE 6Instrument Cluster, Front Seat Warmer Switch LH/RH,Adaptive Front Lighting Module, Electric Parking Brake Module

24 10A MDPS EPS Control Module

25 20A DR LOCKDoor Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay), Driver/Passenger Door Lock Actuator, Rear Door Lock Actuator LH/RH

26 15A S/HEATER FRTDriver/Passenger CCS Control Module,Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Modul

27 10A INTERIOR LAMPDriver/Passenger Door Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Portable Lamp, Room Lamp,Glove Box Lamp, Luggage Lamp, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Trunk Room Lamp,Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH, Vanity Lamp LH/RH

28 15A MULTI MEDIA Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, DC-DC Converter (Audio)

29 15A A/BAG SRS Control Module

30 10A CURTAIN Rear Curtain Module

31 7.5A MEMORY 1Instrument Cluster, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Rear Curtain Module, Tilt Sensor, A/C Control Module, BCM, Ultrasonic Instrusion Protection Sensor, Siren, Driver IMS Module, Power Outside Mirror Switch

32 7.5A A/BAG IND Instrument Cluster

33 7.5A PDM 3 Smart Key Control Module

7 79

Maintenance


34 10A S/HEATER RR Rear Seat Warmer Module LH/RH

35 7.5A MEMORY 2 RF Receiver

36 10A PDM 1 Smart Key Control Module

37 7.5A STARTW/O Button Start : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 8),

Ignition Lock Switch, Transaxle Range SwitchWith Button Start : ECM/PCM, Transaxle Range Switch

38 20A SUNROOF Panorama Sunroof

Maintenance

807

No. Fuse rating Symbol Protected component

MULTIFUSE

1 80A EPS Control Module

2 60AI/P Junction Box (IPS 0 (4CH), IPS 1 (4CH), IPS 2 (2CH), Fuse - F13/F14/F19/F20/F21/F26/F36)

3 40A ESP Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

4 40A ESP Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

5 40ARLY. 9 (Start Relay), Ignition Switch (W/O Button Start), RLY. 6 (PDM 4 (IG2) Relay, With Button Start)

6 40A RLY. 4 (Blower Relay)

7 40A RLY. 11 (Rear Defogger Relay)

8 60A I/P Junction Box (IPS 3 (4CH), IPS 4 (4CH), Fuse - F2/F7/F9/F15)

FUSE

9 30A DC-DC Converter (AMP)

10 30A Electric Parking Brake Module

11 30A Electric Parking Brake Module

1240A(GSL)50A(DSL)

RLY. 1 (C/FAN LO Relay), RLY. 2 (C/FAN HI Relay)

13 15A ICM Relay Box (Front Deicer Relay)

Engine compartment main fuse panel

7 81

Maintenance


FUSE

14 15A RLY. 5 (Horn Relay), ICM Relay Box (Front Deicer Relay)

15 15A RLY. 12 (HAC Relay), Stop Signal Relay

16 20A ICM Relay Box (Head Lamp Washer Relay)

17 20A D4FD & A/T : TCM

18 40AW/O Button Start : Ignition Switch, With Button Start : RLY. 8 (PDM 2 (ACC) Relay)/RLY. 10 (PDM 3 (IG1) Relay

19 40A EMS Box

20 50A I/P Junction Box (Leak Current Autocut Device, Fuse - F18/F25/F30/F34/F38)

21 10A A/C Control Module

22 10A PCM/ECM

23 15A A/T - TCM (D4FD), Transaxle Range Switch

24 10AM/T - Back-Up Lamp Switch, A/T - Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH, Rear Curtain Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Electro Chromic Mirror, IPS Control Module

25 15A RLY. 9 (D4FD, Start Relay), ECM/PCM, Air Flow Sensor (D4FD)

26 10A ESP Control Module

Maintenance

827


FUSE

27 15A G4FD/G4NC - Ignition Coil #1/ #2/ #3/ #4, Condenser

28 15A Fuel Pump Relay

29 15AG4FD : ECMG4NA/G4NC : PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)

30 10A SPARE

31 10A G4NA - Injector #1/#2/#3/#4

32 10A

G4FD : ECM G4NA : Fuel Pump RelayG4NC : Fuel Pump Relay, PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T) D4FD : Oil Level Sensor, Fuel Pressure Regulating Valve

33 20A G4NA : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser

34 20AG4FD/D4FD : ECMG4NA/G4NC : PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)

35 10A

G4FD : Oil Control Valve #1/ #2, Oil Level Sensor, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1)G4NA/G4NC : Oil Control Valve #1/ #2, Camshaft Position Sensor (Intake/Exhaust),

E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1) D4FD : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1), Diesel Box (PTC Heater Relay#1),

Lambda Sensor, VGT Control Solenoid Valve

36 10A

G4FD : Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve

G4NA/G4NC : Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve

D4FD : Camshaft Position Sensor, EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid Valve, Diesel Box (Glow Relay)

7 83

Maintenance

No. Symbol Relay Name Type

37 C/FAN LO RELAY PLUG MICRO

38 C/FAN HI RELAY PLUG MICRO

39 ESS RELAY PLUG MICRO

40 BLOWER RELAY PLUG MICRO

41 HORN RELAY PLUG MICRO

42 PDM 4 (IG2) RELAY PLUG MICRO

43 FRONT WIPER RELAY PLUG MICRO

44

PDM 2 (ACC) RELAY PLUG MICRO

BURGLAR ALARMHORN RELAY

PLUG MICRO

45 START RELAY PLUG MICRO

46 PDM 3 (IG1) RELAY PLUG MICRO

47 RR HTD RELAY PLUG MINI

48 HAC RELAY PLUG MICRO

Maintenance

847

No. Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected component

1 GLOW 80A Glow Relay

2 PTC HEATER #1 50A PTC Heater Relay #1



No. Relay Name Relay Type

1 Glow Relay MINI PLUG

2 PTC Heater Relay #1 MINI PLUG



Engine compartment sub fuse panel (Diesel Engine)

Circuit

Relay Type

7 85

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter driving in heavy rain or washingthe vehicle, headlight and taillight lensescould appear frosty. This condition iscaused by the temperature differencebetween the lamp inside and outside.This is similar to the condensation onyour windows inside your vehicle duringrain and doesn’t indicate a problem withyour vehicle. If the water leaks into thelamp bulb circuitry, have the vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light and front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Headlight (Low)(2) Smart cornering light (3) Headlight (High)(4) Front turn signal light(5) Position light(6) Dedicated lamp (DRL) (if equipped) (7) Front fog light (if equipped)

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe “LOCK” position and turn offthe lights to avoid sudden move-ment of the vehicle and burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

OVF071030

Maintenance

867

Headlight (Low/High), smart corner-ing light and turn signal light1. Turn off the engine and open the hood.2. Remove the front bumper.3. Remove the headlight assembly from

the body of the vehicle. If you can reachthe bulb without removing the headlightassembly, you do not need to do step 2and 3.

4. Disconnect the power connector(s)from the back of the headlight assem-bly.

Headlight (Low/High) and Smart cornering light5. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise.6. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-

connector.7. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

8. Pull the bulb out of the socket.9. Insert a new bulb into the socket.10. Install the socket in the assembly by

aligning the tabs on the socket withthe slots in the assembly. Push thesocket into the assembly and turn thesocket clockwise.

11. Connect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

12. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the headlight aiming adjustment isnecessary after the headlight assembly isreinstalled, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OVF071056

Smart cornering Low

High

7 87

Maintenance

Turn signal lightFollow the steps 1 to 4 from the previouspage.5. Remove the socket from the assembly


6. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

8. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

Front fog light bulbs 1. Turn off the engine.2. Remove the under cover by rotating

the screws.3. Reach your hand into the back of the

front bumper.4. Disconnect the power connector from

the socket.5. Remove the bulb-socket from the

housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socketalign with the slots on the housing.

6. Install a new bulb-socket into the hous-ing by aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the housing. Push thesocket into the housing and turn thesocket clockwise.

7. Connect the power connector to thesocket.

OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized

gas that will produce flying piecesof glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully, andavoid scratches and abrasions. Ifthe bulbs are lit, avoid contact withliquids. Never touch the glass withbare hands. Residual oil may causethe bulb to overheat and burstwhen lit. A bulb should be operatedonly when installed in a headlight.

• If a bulb is damaged or cracked,replace it immediately and carefullydispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

OVF071057 OVF071058

Maintenance

887

Headlight (HID type), position lightand dedicated lampIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEHID lamps have superior performancevs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps are esti-mated by the manufacturer to last twiceas long or longer than halogen bulbsdepending on their frequency of use.They will probably require replacementat some point in the life of the vehicle.Cycling the headlamps on and off morethan typical use will shorten HID lampslife. HID lamps do not fail in the samemanner as halogen incandescent lamps.If a headlamp goes out after a period ofoperation but will immediately relightwhen the headlamp switch is cycled it islikely the HID lamp needs to bereplaced. HID lighting components aremore complex than conventional halo-gen bulbs thus have higher replacementcost.

Headlight and front fog light aim-ing (for Europe)Headlight aiming1. Inflate the tires to the specified pres-

sure and remove any loads from thevehicle except the driver, spare tire,and tools.

2. The vehicle should be placed on a flatfloor.

3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines pass-ing through respective head lamp cen-ters) and a horizontal line (Horizontalline passing through center of headlamps) on the screen.

4. With the head lamp and battery in nor-mal condition, aim the head lamps sothe brightest portion falls on the hori-zontal and vertical lines.

WARNING - HID Headlightlow beam (if equipped)

Do not attempt to replace orinspect the low beam (XENON bulb)due to electric shock danger. If thelow beam (XENON bulb) is notworking, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI Dealer.

OVF071050

7 89

Maintenance

5. To aim the low beam left or right, turnthe driver (1) clockwise or counter-clockwise. To aim the low beam up ordown, turn the driver (2) clockwise orcounterclockwise.To aim the high beam up or down, turnthe driver (3) clockwise or counter-clockwise.

AFLS type1. Turn off the engine2. Turn the light switch to the low beam

position.3. Position the tires straight ahead with

the steering wheel.4. Turn on the engine.5. Inflate the tires to the specified pres-

sure and remove any loads from thevehicle except the driver, spare tire,and tools.

6. The vehicle should be placed on a flatfloor.

7. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines pass-ing through respective head lamp cen-ters) and a horizontal line (Horizontalline passing through center of headlamps) on the screen.

8. With the head lamp and battery in nor-mal condition, aim the head lamps sothe brightest portion falls on the hori-zontal and vertical lines.

9. To aim the low beam left or right, turnthe driver (1) clockwise or counter-clockwise. To aim the low beam up ordown, turn the driver (2) clockwise orcounterclockwise. To aim the highbeam up or down, turn the driver (3)clockwise or counterclockwise.

Front fog light aimingThe front fog lamp can be aimed as thesame manner of the head lamps aiming.With the front fog lamps and battery nor-mal condition, aim the front fog lamps. Toaim the front fog lamp up or down, turnthe driver (1) clockwise or counterclock-wise.

OVF071051

Maintenance

907

Vehicle condition H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3

Without driver 736 (28.9) 688 (27.0) 393 (15.4) 1,472 (57.9) 1,186 (46.6) 1508 (59.3)

With driver 728 (28.6) 680 (26.7) 385 (15.1) 1,472 (57.9) 1,186 (46.6) 1508 (59.3)

Unit: mm (in)

Aiming point

< Ground Height >

H1 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (Low beam)H2 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (High beam)H3 : Height between the fog lamp bulb center and groundW1 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (Low beam)W2 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (High beam)W3 : Distance between the two fog lamp bulbs centers

< Distance between lamps >

7 91

Maintenance

OMD051054L

Head lamp low beam (driver’s side) 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard.2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture.3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming.4. If head lamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions.

Maintenance

927

OMD051055L

Head lamp low beam (front passenger’s side) 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard.2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture.3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming.4. If head lamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions.

7 93

Maintenance

OMD051056L

Front fog light 1. Turn the front fog lamp on without the driver aboard.2. The cut-off line should be projected in the allowable range (shaded region).

Maintenance

947

Side repeater light bulb replace-ment If the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Stop light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Back-up light(4) Tail light(5) Rear fog light (if equipped)

Outside lightRear turn signal light1. Turn off the engine.2. Open the tailgate.3. Remove the cover.

OVF071036

OVF071037

OVF071038

OVF071035

7 95

Maintenance

4. Loosen the light assembly retainingscrews with a cross-tip screwdriver.

5. Remove the rear combination lightassembly from the body of the vehicle.

6. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.




10. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Inside light1. Turn off the engine.2. Open the tailgate.3. Remove the service cover using a flat-

blade screwdriver.

OVF071040OVF071039

Maintenance

967

Back-up light4. Remove the socket from the assembly





8. Install the service cover by putting itinto the service hole.

Rear fog light4. Remove the bulb-socket from the

assembly by turning the socket count-er clockwise until the tabs on the sock-et align with the slots on the assembly.

5. Install the new bulb-socket into theassembly by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the housing.Push the socket into the assembly andturn the socket clockwise.

OVF071041

BBBBaaaacccckkkk--uuuupppp llll iiiigggghhhhtttt

OVF071041

RRRReeeeaaaarrrr ffffoooogggg llll iiiigggghhhhtttt

7 97

Maintenance

High mounted stop light bulbreplacement (if equipped)If the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Turn off the engine.2. Loosen the retaining screws with a

philips head screwdriver.3. Remove the bulb assembly by turning

it counterclockwise.4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.5. Install a new bulb.6. Reinstall the bulb assembly securely

with the retaining screws.

OVF071043 OVF071042

Maintenance

987

Interior light bulb replacementMap lamp, vanity mirror lamp,room lamp (Type A), luggage roomlamp and glove box lamp1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

Room lamp (Type B)If the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” buttonis pressed to avoid burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe careful not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Map lamp

Glove box lamp

Luggage room lamp

Vanity mirror lamp

Room lamp

OVF071046/OXM079041/OVF071044/OVF071045/OVF071047/OHG070038



7 99

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits.A mild soap, safe for use on painted sur-faces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not cleanwith chemical solvents or strongdetergents.

Maintenance

1007

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

7 101

Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

1027

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

7 103

Maintenance

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

1047

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 105

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Service Passportin your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all emissionregulations.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Program (ESP) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic StabilityProgram (ESP) system off by press-ing the ESP switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESP system back onby pressing the ESP switch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission controlSystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

Maintenance

1067

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage, bat-tery discharge or fire. For your safety,do not use unauthorized electricdevices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions following toavoid CO poisoning.

7 107

Maintenance

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel cause theengine to misfire, damaging the cat-alytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

Diesel Particulate Filter (if equipped)The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) sys-tem removes the soot emitted from thevehicle.Unlike a disposable air filter, the DPFsystem automatically burns (oxidizes)and removes the accumulated sootaccording to the driving condition. Inother words, the active burning by enginecontrol system and high exhaust gastemperature caused by normal/high driv-ing condition burns and removes theaccumulated soot.However, if the vehicle continues to bedriven at low speed for long time, theaccumulated soot may not be automati-cally removed because of low exhaustgas temperature. In this particular case,the amount of soot is out of detectionlimit, the soot oxidation process byengine control system may not happenand the malfunction indicator light mayblink.When the malfunction indicator lightblinks, it may stop blinking by driving thevehicle at more than 60km/h (37 mph) orat more than second gear with 1500 ~2000 engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).

WARNING - Fire• A hot exhaust system can ignite

flammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as dry grass, paper,leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and catalyticsystem are very hot while theengine is running or immediatelyafter the engine is turned off.Keep away from the exhaust sys-tem and catalytic, you may getburned.Also, do not remove the heat sinkaround the exhaust system, donot seal the bottom of the vehicleor do not coat the vehicle for cor-rosion control. It may present afire risk under certain conditions.

If the malfunction indicator light contin-ues to be blinked in spite of the proce-dure, please visit an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and then check theDPF system.If you continue to drive with the malfunc-tion indicator light blinking for a longtime, the DPF system can be damagedand fuel consumption can be worsen.

CAUTION - Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)

It is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel fordiesel vehicle equipped with theDPF system.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur)and unspecified additives, it cancause the DPF system to be dam-aged and white smoke can be emit-ted.

7 108

Maintenance

8

Dimensions / 8-2Engine / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-3Tires and wheels / 8-4Weight and volume / 8-4Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-5Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-8Vehicle certification label / 8-8Tire specification and pressure label / 8-9Engine number / 8-9E-mark label / 8-10



28

DIMENSIONS ENGINE

Item Gasoline 1.6 Gasoline 2.0 Diesel 1.7

Displacement cc(cu. in)

1591(97.08)

1999(121.9)

1685(102.8)

Bore x Stroke mm(in.)

77x85.44(3.03x3.36)

81x97(3.18x3.81)

77.2x90(3.04x3.54)

Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders 4, In-line 4, In-line 4, In-line

Item mm (in)

Overall length 4770 (187.7)

Overall width 1815 (71.4)

Overall height 1470 (57.8)

Front tread

205/60R16 1591 (62.6)

215/50R171579 (62.1)

225/45R18

Rear tread

205/60R16 1597 (62.8)

215/50R171585 (62.4)

225/45R18

Wheelbase 2770 (109.0)

8 3


BULB WATTAGE

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Front

HeadlightsLow 55 or 35 (HID or AFLS) H7S or D1S

High 55 H7L

Smart cornering light 55 H7L

Dedicated lamp LED LED

Front turn signal lights 21 PY21W

Position lights LED LED

Side repeater lights LED LED

Front fog lights 35 H8L

Rear

Rear fog light 21 H21W

Stop and tail lights (Outside) LED LED

Rear turn signal lights (Outside) 21 PY21W

Tail light (Inside) LED LED

Back-up lights (Inside) 16 W16W

High mounted stop light LED LED

License plate lights 5 W5W

Interior

Map lamps 8 FESTON

Room lampsType A 10 FESTON

Type B LED LED

Luggage lamp 5 FESTON

Glove box lamp 5 FESTON

Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTON HID : High Intensity DischargeAFLS : Adaptive Front-Lighting System


48

TIRES AND WHEELS

Item Tire size Wheel sizeInflation pressure bar (psi, kPa)

Wheel lug nut torquekg•m (lb•ft, N•m)

Normal load Maximum loadFront Rear Front Rear

Full size tire

205/60R16 7.0J×162.3

(33, 230)2.3

(33, 230)2.3

(33, 230)2.3

(33, 230)

9~11 (65~79, 88~107)

215/50R17

225/45R18

7.5Jx17

8.0Jx18

2.4 (35, 240)

2.4 (35, 240)

2.4 (35, 240)

2.4 (35, 240)

Compact spare tire

T125/80D16

T135/80D17

4.0Tx16

4.0Tx17

4.2 (60, 420)

4.2 (60, 420)

4.2 (60, 420)

4.2 (60, 420)

WEIGHT AND VOLUME

Item Gasoline 1.6L Gasoline 2.0L Diesel 1.7L

Gross vehicle weight kg (lbs.)

M/T 2030 (4475) 2050 (4519) 2120 (4673)

A/T - 2080 (4585) 2150 (4739)

Luggage volume l (cu ft)

Min. 553 (19.5)

Max. 1719 (60.7)

M/T : Manual transaxleA/T : Automatic transaxleMin. : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.Max. : Behind front seat to roof.

8 5


To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on 8-6 page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 Diesel Particulate Filter

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)

Recommends

GasolineEngine

1.6L 3.3 l (3.48 US qt.)GDI engineAPI Service SL or SM, ACEA A5 or aboveUse the engine oils approved by Hyundai Motor Company.Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.MPI engineAPI Service SM, ILSAC GF-4 or above

2.0L 4.0 l (4.22 US qt.)

DieselEngine

1.7Lwith DPF *3 5.3 l (5.60 US qt.) ACEA C3

without DPF *3 5.3 l (5.60 US qt.) ACEA B4

Manual transaxle fluid

GasolineEngine

1.6L1.8 l ~ 1.9 l

(1.90 ~ 2.01US qt.)

API GL-4, SAE 75W/852.0L

1.9 l ~ 2.0 l(2.01 ~ 2.11 US qt.)

DieselEngine

1.7LHigh

1.8 l ~ 1.9 l(1.90 ~ 2.01US qt.)

Low1.9 l ~ 2.0 l

(2.01 ~ 2.11 US qt.)

Automatic transaxle fluid

Gasoline Engine 7.1 l (7.50 US qt.) MICHANG ATF SP-IVSK ATF SP-IV

NOCA ATF SP-IV HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IVDiesel Engine 7.1 l (7.50 US qt.)


68

Recommends Engine oil (For Europe)

SupplierProduct

Gasoline Engine (GDI) Diesel EngineSK ZIC LD5W-30 ZIC LS 5W-30

Chevron KIXX G1 LL KIXX D1 5W-30

TotalQUARTZ HKS G-310

QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W-30QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W-30

ShellHELIX ULTRA AH-E 5W-30

HELIX ULTRA AP 5W-30HELIX ULTRA 5W-40

Fuchs TITAN SUPERSYN LONG LIFE 5W-30/40

Lubricant Volume Classification

Coolant GasolineEngine

1.6L 6.8 l (7.18 US qt.)

Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

2.0LMT 7.1 l (7.50 US qt.)

ATGDI 6.8 l (7.18 US qt.)

MPI 6.9 l (7.29 US qt.)

Diesel Engine 6.9 l (7.29 US qt.)

Brake/clutch fluid0.7~0.8 l

(0.7~0.8 US qt.)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 70 l (18.49 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1

8 7


Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.

CAUTIONAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil

°C(°F)

GDI

MPI *1

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DieselEngine Oil (1.7L) 5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30

0W-40, 5W-30, 5W-40

5W-20*2, 5W-30

*1 For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20*2 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, selectthe proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

*2 In the Middle East, do not use the engine oil viscosity grade SAE 5W-20.


88

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the passenger seat. To check thenumber, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecenter pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OVF081001

Frame number

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OYN089002

VIN label (if equipped)

OMD081002L

OMD080002

■ Type A

■ Type B

8 9


The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

OVF081002

■ Gasoline engine (1.6L)

■ Gasoline engine (2.0L)

■ Diesel engine (1.7L)

OVF081003/OVF081004/OVF081005

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

An E-mark label is located on the driver'sside center pillar. The label certifies thatyour vehicle has satisfied the ECESafety/Environment regulation. It con-tains the following information:• Country code• Regulation number• Regulation amendment number• Approval number

OMD080002

8 10


E-MARK LABEL (FOR EUROPE)(IF EQUIPPED)

IIndex

Index

2I

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System)....................4-103Air bag warning label ....................................................3-63Air bag warning light.....................................................3-43Air bags..........................................................................3-40

Air bag warning label..................................................3-63Air bag warning light ..................................................3-43Curtain air bag .............................................................3-54Driver's and passenger's front air bag .........................3-48Passenger’s front air bag ON indicator .......................3-44Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch ..................3-50Side impact air bag......................................................3-53SRS components and functions...................................3-45

Air cleaner .....................................................................7-51Air ventilation seat.........................................................3-11Alarm system.................................................................4-12Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ......................................5-39Appearance care.............................................................7-99

Exterior care ................................................................7-99Interior care ...............................................................7-104

Armrest ..........................................................................3-14Ashtray.........................................................................4-140Audio remote control...................................................4-154Audio system ...............................................................4-153

Audio remote control.................................................4-154Roof antenna..............................................................4-153

Auto defogging system................................................4-135Auto hold .......................................................................5-36Auto light/AFLS position ..............................................4-98Automatic climate control system ...............................4-121

Air conditioning ........................................................4-128Automatic heating and air conditioning....................4-122Climate control air filter............................................4-131Manual heating and air conditioning.........................4-123

Automatic transaxle .......................................................5-22Paddle shifter ...............................................................5-25Shift lock system .........................................................5-26Sports mode.................................................................5-25

Automatic transaxle shift position indicator .................4-52Aux, USB and iPod .....................................................4-143

Barrier net ....................................................................4-145Battery............................................................................7-58Battery saver function....................................................4-96Before driving..................................................................5-3Bottle holders, see cup holders....................................4-141Brake system..................................................................5-29

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ....................................5-39Auto hold .....................................................................5-36Electric parking brake .................................................5-31Electronic stability program (ESP) .............................5-41

A

B

I 3

Index

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS).....................................5-45Hill-start assist control (HAC) ....................................5-45Power brakes ...............................................................5-29Vehicle stability management......................................5-44

Brakes/clutch fluid.........................................................7-48Bulb replacement ...........................................................7-85Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-3Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button.................5-8

Camera (Rear view).......................................................4-94Capacities (Lubricants) ....................................................8-5Care

Exterior care ................................................................7-99Interior care ...............................................................7-104Tire care.......................................................................7-61

Cargo security screen...................................................4-147Center console storage.................................................4-136Central door lock switch................................................4-16Certification label ............................................................8-8Chains

Tire chains ...................................................................5-70Changing tires..................................................................6-9Checking tire inflation pressure.....................................7-63Child restraint system ....................................................3-29

ISOFIX system ............................................................3-35

Seat belt .......................................................................3-30Tether anchor system...................................................3-33

Child-protector rear door lock .......................................4-19Cigarette lighter ...........................................................4-140Climate control air filter ......................................4-120, 131Climate control air filter ................................................7-53Clothes hanger .............................................................4-144Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ...............4-48Compact spare tire .........................................................6-14Compact spare tire replacement ....................................7-66Cool box.......................................................................4-137Coolant...........................................................................7-45Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ..................................7-45Crankcase emission control system.............................7-105Cruise control system ....................................................5-48Cup holder ...................................................................4-141Curtain air bag ...............................................................3-54

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination ...............................................................................................4-49

Dashboard, see instrument cluster .................................4-48Daytime running light..................................................4-102Deadlocks.......................................................................4-18Defogging (Windshield) ..............................................4-133Defroster (Rear window) .............................................4-111

C

D

Index

4I

Defrosting (Windshield) ..............................................4-133Dimensions ......................................................................8-2Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination

....................................................................................4-49Displays, see instrument cluster ....................................4-48Door locks......................................................................4-15

Central door lock switch .............................................4-16Child-protector rear door lock.....................................4-19Deadlocks ....................................................................4-18

Drinks holders, see cup holders...................................4-141Driver's and passenger's front air bag............................3-48Driver's position memory system ..................................4-39Driving at night..............................................................5-66Driving in flooded areas ................................................5-67Driving in the rain .........................................................5-67

Easy access function......................................................4-40Economical operation ....................................................5-63Electric chromic mirror (ECM) .....................................4-44Electric parking brake....................................................5-31Electric power steering ..................................................4-41Electronic stability program (ESP)................................5-41E-mark label...................................................................8-10Emergency commodity ..................................................6-30

Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5Jump starting .................................................................6-5Push starting ..................................................................6-6

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) .......................................5-45Emergency while driving.................................................6-3Emission control system..............................................7-105

Crankcase emission control system...........................7-105Evaporative emission control System .......................7-105Exhaust emission control system ..............................7-106

Engine ..............................................................................8-2Engine compartment ................................................2-8, 7-2Engine coolant ...............................................................7-45Engine number.................................................................8-9Engine oil.......................................................................7-44Engine overheats..............................................................6-7Engine start/stop button ...................................................5-8Engine temperature gauge .............................................4-50Engine will not start.........................................................6-4Evaporative emission control System .........................7-105Exhaust emission control system.................................7-106Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...............7-41Exterior care...................................................................7-99Exterior features

Mounting bracket for roof carrier .............................4-151

E

I 5

Index

Flat tire (with spare tire) ..................................................6-8Changing tires................................................................6-9Compact spare tire.......................................................6-14Jack and tools ................................................................6-8Removing and storing the spare tire .............................6-9

Flat tire (with tire mobility kit) .....................................6-21Floor mat anchor(s) .....................................................4-144Fluid

Brakes/clutch fluid ......................................................7-48Washer fluid.................................................................7-49

Fog light (front) ...........................................................4-101Fog light (rear).............................................................4-101Folding the rear seat ......................................................3-15Front seat adjustment.......................................................3-5Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-32Fuel filter .......................................................................7-50Fuel gauge......................................................................4-51Fuel requirements ............................................................1-2Fuse switch ....................................................................7-73Fuses ..............................................................................7-71

Fuse switch ..................................................................7-73Fuse/relay panel description........................................7-75Instrument panel fuse ..................................................7-72Main fuse .....................................................................7-74Multi fuse ....................................................................7-74

GaugeEngine temperature gauge ...........................................4-50Fuel gauge ...................................................................4-51

Glove box.....................................................................4-136Glove box lamp............................................................4-110

Hazard warning flasher..................................................4-95Hazardous driving conditions........................................5-65Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ..........................4-96Headlight (Headlamp) welcome function .....................4-96Headlight bulb replacement...........................................7-85Headlight leveling device ............................................4-102Headlight position..........................................................4-98Headlight washer .........................................................4-107Headrest(front).................................................................3-8Headrest(rear) ................................................................3-12Heated steering wheel....................................................4-42High - beam operation ...................................................4-99Height adjustment..........................................................3-20Highway driving ............................................................5-67Hill-start assist control (HAC).......................................5-45Hood...............................................................................4-30Horn ...............................................................................4-43How to use this manual ...................................................1-2

H

GF

Index

6I

Icy road warning light ...................................................4-52Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ...................1-6Indicators and warnings.................................................4-66Inside rearview mirror ...................................................4-44Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-48

Automatic transaxle shift position indicator ...............4-52Engine temperature gauge ...........................................4-50Fuel gauge ...................................................................4-51Icy road warning light .................................................4-52Instrument panel illumination .....................................4-49LCD display ................................................................4-53Manual transaxle shift indicator..................................4-52Odometer .....................................................................4-53Outside temperature.....................................................4-51Speedometer ................................................................4-49Tachometer ..................................................................4-50Tripmeter .....................................................................4-53User Settings................................................................4-56Warning and indicators................................................4-66

Instrument panel fuse.....................................................7-72Instrument panel illumination........................................4-49Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-2Interior care..................................................................7-104

Interior features............................................................4-140Ashtray ......................................................................4-140Aux, USB and iPod ...................................................4-143Barrier net..................................................................4-145Cargo security screen ................................................4-147Cigarette lighter .........................................................4-140Clothes hanger ...........................................................4-144Cup holder .................................................................4-141Floor mat anchor(s) ...................................................4-144Luggage net (holder) .................................................4-145Luggage rail system...................................................4-149Power outlet...............................................................4-142Sunvisor .....................................................................4-142

Interior light .................................................................4-108Glove box lamp .........................................................4-110Luggage room lamp...................................................4-109Map lamp...................................................................4-108Room lamp ................................................................4-109Vanity mirror lamp ....................................................4-109

Interior overview .............................................................2-4ISG (Idle stop and go) system .......................................5-14ISOFIX system ..............................................................3-35

I

I 7

Index

Jack and tools...................................................................6-8Jump starting....................................................................6-5

Key positions ...................................................................5-4Keys .................................................................................4-3

LabelAir bag warning label..................................................3-63E-mark label ................................................................8-10Tire sidewall labeling ..................................................7-67Tire specification and pressure label .............................8-9Vehicle certification label..............................................8-8

Lane keeping assist system............................................5-56Lap/shoulder belt ...........................................................3-20LCD display...................................................................4-53Light bulbs .....................................................................7-85Lighting..........................................................................4-96

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) .................4-103Auto light/AFLS position............................................4-98Battery saver function .................................................4-96Daytime running light ...............................................4-102Front fog light............................................................4-101

Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ........................4-96Headlight (Headlamp) welcome function ...................4-96Headlight leveling device..........................................4-102Headlight position .......................................................4-98High - beam operation.................................................4-99Parking light position ..................................................4-97Rear fog light.............................................................4-101Smart cornering light...................................................4-97Traffic change..............................................................4-99Turn signals ...............................................................4-100

Lubricants and capacities.................................................8-5Luggage net (holder) ...................................................4-145Luggage rail system.....................................................4-149Luggage room lamp.....................................................4-109Luggage side partition .................................................4-138Luggage side tray.........................................................4-138Luggage tray ................................................................4-138

Main fuse .......................................................................7-74Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .............7-41Maintenance services.....................................................7-5Maintenance under severe usage conditions .....7-19,30,39Normal maintenance schedule...........................7-10,21,32Owner maintenance .......................................................7-7

L

M

K

J

Index

8I

Scheduled maintenance service.....................................7-9Tire maintenance .........................................................7-67

Maintenance schedule......................................................7-9Maintenance under severe usage conditions .....7-19,30,39Normal maintenance schedule...........................7-10,21,32

Maintenance services.......................................................7-5Manual climate control system....................................4-112

Air conditioning.........................................................4-117Climate control air filter............................................4-120Heating and air conditioning .....................................4-113

Manual transaxle............................................................5-19Manual transaxle shift indicator ....................................4-52Map lamp .....................................................................4-108Memory system .............................................................4-39Mirrors ...........................................................................4-44

Day/night rearview mirror...........................................4-44Electric chromic mirror (ECM)...................................4-44Inside rearview mirror .................................................4-44Outside rearview mirror ..............................................4-45

Moonroof, see panorama sunroof..................................4-35Mounting bracket for roof carrier................................4-151Multi fuse.......................................................................7-74

Non-powered tailgate.....................................................4-20

Odometer .......................................................................4-53Oil (Engine) ...................................................................7-44Outside rearview mirror.................................................4-45Outside temperature.......................................................4-51Overheats .........................................................................6-7Owner maintenance .........................................................7-7

Paddle shifter .................................................................5-25Panorama sunroof ..........................................................4-35Parking light position.....................................................4-97Passenger’s front air bag ON indicator .........................3-44Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch.....................3-50Power brakes..................................................................5-29Power outlet .................................................................4-142Power tailgate ................................................................4-21Power window lock button............................................4-29Pre-tensioner seat belt....................................................3-23Push starting.....................................................................6-6

Rear parking assist system.............................................4-79Rear seat.........................................................................3-12

N

O

P

R

I 9

Index

Rear seat floor pocket ..................................................4-139Rear view camera ..........................................................4-94Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ..................7-61Recommended lubricants and capacities.........................8-5

Recommended SAE viscosity number..........................8-7Remote keyless entry.......................................................4-5Replacement light bulb..................................................7-85Road warning...................................................................6-2Rocking the vehicle .......................................................5-65Roof antenna................................................................4-153Room lamp...................................................................4-109

Scheduled maintenance service .......................................7-9Maintenance under severe usage conditions .....7-19,30,39Normal maintenance schedule...........................7-10,21,32

Seat belt warning ...........................................................3-19Seat belts ........................................................................3-18

Height adjustment........................................................3-20Lap/shoulder belt .........................................................3-20Pre-tensioner seat belt .................................................3-23Seat belt warning .........................................................3-19

Seat warmer(front).........................................................3-10Seat warmer(rear) ..........................................................3-14Seatback pocket .............................................................3-12

Seats .................................................................................3-2Air ventilation seat ......................................................3-11Armrest ........................................................................3-14Folding the rear seat ....................................................3-15Front seat adjustment.....................................................3-5Headrest(front) ..............................................................3-8Headrest(rear) ..............................................................3-12Rear seat ......................................................................3-12Seat warmer(front).......................................................3-10Seat warmer(rear) ........................................................3-14Seatback pocket ...........................................................3-12

Shift lock system ...........................................................5-26Side impact air bag ........................................................3-53Smart cornering light .....................................................4-97Smart key .........................................................................4-9Smooth cornering...........................................................5-66Snow tires ......................................................................5-69Smart parking assist system...........................................4-83Spare tire

Compact spare tire.......................................................6-14Compact spare tire replacement ..................................7-66Removing and storing the spare tire .............................6-9

Special driving conditions .............................................5-65Driving at night ...........................................................5-66Driving in flooded areas..............................................5-67Driving in the rain .......................................................5-67

S

Index

10I

Hazardous driving conditions......................................5-65Highway driving..........................................................5-67Rocking the vehicle .....................................................5-65Smooth cornering ........................................................5-66

Speed limit control system ............................................5-53Speedometer...................................................................4-49Sports mode ...................................................................5-25SRS components and functions .....................................3-45Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ..................6-4Steering wheel................................................................4-41

Electric power steering................................................4-41Heated steering wheel .................................................4-42Horn.............................................................................4-43Tilt steering..................................................................4-42

Storage compartment ...................................................4-136Center console storage...............................................4-136Cool box ....................................................................4-137Glove box ..................................................................4-136Luggage side partition ...............................................4-138Luggage side tray ......................................................4-138Luggage tray..............................................................4-138Rear seat floor pocket................................................4-139Sunglass holder..........................................................4-137

Sunglass holder............................................................4-137Sunroof, see panorama sunroof .....................................4-35Sunvisor .......................................................................4-142

Tachometer.....................................................................4-50Tailgate...........................................................................4-20

Non-powered tailgate ..................................................4-20Power tailgate ..............................................................4-21

Tether anchor system .....................................................3-33Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-12Tilt steering ....................................................................4-42Tire chains......................................................................5-70Tire pressure monitoring system ...................................6-16Tire rotation ...................................................................7-64Tire specification and pressure label ...............................8-9Tires and wheels.....................................................7-61, 8-4

Checking tire inflation pressure ..................................7-63Compact spare tire replacement ..................................7-66Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ................7-61Tire care.......................................................................7-61Tire maintenance .........................................................7-67Tire replacement ..........................................................7-65Tire rotation .................................................................7-64Tire sidewall labeling ..................................................7-67Tire traction .................................................................7-67Wheel alignment and tire balance ...............................7-65Wheel replacement ......................................................7-66

Towing ...........................................................................6-26

T

I 11

Index

Traffic change ................................................................4-99Trailer towing ................................................................5-73Transaxle

Automatic transaxle.....................................................5-22Manual transaxle .........................................................5-19

Tripmeter........................................................................4-53Turn signals..................................................................4-100

User Settings..................................................................4-56

Vanity mirror lamp.......................................................4-109Vehicle break-in process ..................................................1-5Vehicle certification label ................................................8-8Vehicle identification number (VIN)...............................8-8Vehicle stability management ........................................5-44Vehicle weight ...............................................................5-82

Warning and indicators ..................................................4-66Washer fluid...................................................................7-49Weight/volume.................................................................8-4Welcome system ..........................................................4-110Wheel alignment and tire balance .................................7-65

Wheel replacement ........................................................7-66Windows ........................................................................4-26

Power window lock button..........................................4-29Windshield defrosting and defogging..........................4-133

Auto defogging system..............................................4-135Windshield washers .....................................................4-106Windshield wipers .......................................................4-105Winter driving................................................................5-69

Snow tires ....................................................................5-69Tire chains ...................................................................5-70

Wiper blades ..................................................................7-55Wipers and washers .....................................................4-104

Headlight washer .......................................................4-107Windshield washers...................................................4-106Windshield wipers .....................................................4-105

U

V

W

vf eng foreword.qxp

Documents